Doku - Pub Design Standards Hotel March2006

FAIRMONT HOTELS & RESORTS · DESIGN STANDARDS TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPACE PLANNING AND DESIGN CRITERIA
NOTE: THE STANDARDS MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PROJECT SPECIFIC DESIGN
BRIEF. SHOULD THERE BE ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE TWO DOCUMENTS, THEN THE
PROJECT SPECIFIC DESIGN BRIEF WILL TAKE PRECEDENCE.
A. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................................1

1. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS ......................................................................................................................1
1.1. Model Guestrooms ......................................................................................................................1
1.2. Guarantees...................................................................................................................................1
1.3. Substantial Completion Documentation......................................................................................1
1.4. Catalogue Cuts and Shop Drawing Requirements ......................................................................3
2. PRE-OPENING, OCCUPATION AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................4
2.1. General ........................................................................................................................................4
2.2. Pre-Opening Offices....................................................................................................................5
2.3. Installation and Occupation Schedule .........................................................................................6
3. TURNOVER PROCEDURES GUEST ROOMS & GUEST FLOORS .............................................................................7
3.1. Summary .....................................................................................................................................7
3.2. Model Rooms ..............................................................................................................................7
3.3. Procedures ...................................................................................................................................8
3.4. Inspection Checklist ....................................................................................................................9
3.5. Model Rooms Manual.................................................................................................................9
3.6. Guest Room Inspection Checklists............................................................................................10
3.7. Inspection Report – Entrance Vestibule ....................................................................................11
3.8. Inspection Report - Closet.........................................................................................................12
3.9. Inspection Report - Bathroom ...................................................................................................13
3.10. Inspection Report – Bathroom Accessories...............................................................................14
3.11. Inspection Report - Guestroom .................................................................................................15
3.12. Inspection Report – Fan Coil Unit ............................................................................................16
3.13. Inspection Report - Plumbing....................................................................................................17
3.14. Inspection Report – Heating & Ventilation...............................................................................18
3.15. Inspection Report - Electrical....................................................................................................19
3.16. Sample Guest Room Punch List................................................................................................20
4. OUTLINE OF RESPONSIBILITIES......................................................................................................................21
5. CLASSIFICATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES ..........................................................................................................36
B. PUBLIC AREAS.........................................................................................................................53
1. LOBBY AND CIRCULATION .............................................................................................................................53
1.1. Main Entrance and Lobby .........................................................................................................53
1.2. Registration and Check-out .......................................................................................................54
1.3. Concierge ..................................................................................................................................55
REV. MARCH 2006 -1-

© 2002, Fairmont Hotels and Resorts. All Rights Reserved.
1.5. Doorman’s Stand.......................................................................................................................56

1.6. Parking Cashier .........................................................................................................................56
1.7. Luggage Room ..........................................................................................................................56
1.8. Business Centre .........................................................................................................................57
1.9. Public Washrooms.....................................................................................................................57
1.10. Functional Diagram: Lobby and Circulation.............................................................................59
2. FOOD AND BEVERAGE ....................................................................................................................................60
2.1. Lobby Lounge ...........................................................................................................................60
2.2. Lobby Bar..................................................................................................................................60
2.3. Entertainment Bar and Lounge..................................................................................................60
2.4. Three Meal Restaurant ..............................................................................................................61
2.5. Specialty Restaurant..................................................................................................................62
2.6. Functional Diagram: Food and Beverage..................................................................................63
3. RECREATIONAL AREAS ..................................................................................................................................64
3.1. Health Club Reception ..............................................................................................................64
3.2. Guest Lounge ............................................................................................................................64
3.3. Guest Luggage Storeroom.........................................................................................................65
3.4. Health Club General Requirements...........................................................................................65
3.5. Locker Rooms ...........................................................................................................................65
3.6. Massage Rooms.........................................................................................................................66
3.7. Herbal Wrap Rooms..................................................................................................................66
3.8. Wet Treatment Rooms ..............................................................................................................67
3.9. Sauna Room ..............................................................................................................................67
3.10. Steam Room ..............................................................................................................................67
3.11. Janitor’s Closet..........................................................................................................................67
3.12. Swimming Pools and Whirlpool ...............................................................................................68
3.13. Outdoor Recreational Facilities.................................................................................................70
3.14. Indoor Recreational Facilities ...................................................................................................71
3.15. Arcade & Computer Games ......................................................................................................72
4. RETAIL ...................................................................................................................................................73
4.1. Retail Shops ..............................................................................................................................73
4.2. Beauty Salon .............................................................................................................................74
5. BALLROOMS AND MEETING ROOMS ................................................................................................................75
5.1. General Requirements ...............................................................................................................75
5.2. Ballroom Pre-function Space ....................................................................................................75
5.3. Ballroom Foyer Requirements ..................................................................................................76
5.4. Main Ballroom Requirements ...................................................................................................76
5.5. Junior Ballroom.........................................................................................................................78
5.6. Meeting Rooms .........................................................................................................................78
5.7. Meeting Planners Room ...........................................................................................................79
5.8. Boardrooms ...............................................................................................................................79
5.9. Conference Facility Storage ......................................................................................................80
5.10. Functional Diagram: Conference Facilities...............................................................................81
5.11. Public Areas Standards Details .................................................................................................82
C. GUESTROOM AREAS .............................................................................................................109

1. CORRIDORS AND CIRCULATION ...................................................................................................................109
1.1. General Requirements .............................................................................................................109
1.2. Elevator Lobby........................................................................................................................109
1.3. Guestroom Support .................................................................................................................110
1.4. Location...................................................................................................................................112
REV. MARCH 2006 -2-

2. STANDARD GUESTROOMS ............................................................................................................................113

2.2. Guestroom Areas.....................................................................................................................113
2.3. Bedroom Area .........................................................................................................................113
2.4. Bathroom Area ........................................................................................................................114
2.5. Clear Ceiling heights...............................................................................................................114
2.6. Entry Door...............................................................................................................................114
2.7. Bathroom Doors ......................................................................................................................114
2.8. Connecting Doors....................................................................................................................114
2.9. Closets .....................................................................................................................................115
2.10. Windows .................................................................................................................................115
2.11. Mechanical and Electrical .......................................................................................................116
2.12. Personal Bar ............................................................................................................................117
2.13. Guest Bathroom ......................................................................................................................117
2.14. Water Closet............................................................................................................................118
2.15. Lanais and Terraces.................................................................................................................119
2.16. Barrier-Free Guestrooms.........................................................................................................119
2.17. Washroom Accessories ...........................................................................................................121
3. FAIRMONT GOLD GUESTROOMS, LOBBY AND LOUNGE ...............................................................................122
3.2. Guestrooms .............................................................................................................................122
3.3. Elevator Lobby and Lounge ....................................................................................................122
3.4. Fairmont Gold Pantry..............................................................................................................123
4. SUITES .................................................................................................................................................124
4.2. Modular Requirements ............................................................................................................124
4.3 Outline of Finishes and Materials ...........................................................................................125
4.4. Guest Area Standards Details..................................................................................................129
D. BACK-OF-HOUSE ...................................................................................................................138
1. OFFICE AREAS .............................................................................................................................................138
1.1. Front Desk Support .................................................................................................................138
1.2. Executive Office, Administration, Accounting and Security ..................................................138
1.3. Human Resources....................................................................................................................139
1.4. Outline of Finishes and Materials ...........................................................................................141
1.6. Standard Lighting Fixtures.......................................................................................................148
1.7. Other Offices...........................................................................................................................148
1.8. Minimum Finished Ceiling Heights: .......................................................................................151
1.9. Garbage Compact Room .........................................................................................................151
1.10. Maintenance Areas..................................................................................................................152
1.11. Paint Shop ...............................................................................................................................154
1.12. Carpentry Shop........................................................................................................................154
2. EMPLOYEE FACILITIES .................................................................................................................................155
2.1. Employee Entrance .................................................................................................................155
2.2. Security Office ........................................................................................................................155
2.3. Primary Service Corridor ........................................................................................................156
2.4. Men’s and Women’s Locker Rooms.......................................................................................156
2.5. Employee Cafeteria .................................................................................................................157
2.6. Employee Washrooms.............................................................................................................157
2.7. First Aid Station ......................................................................................................................157
2.8. Training Room, Staff Meeting Room......................................................................................157
REV. MARCH 2006 -3-

2.9. Functional Diagram: Employee Facilities Layout..................................................................159

3. HOUSEKEEPING, LAUNDRY & VALET ..........................................................................................................160
3.2. Night Cleaner’s Storeroom......................................................................................................165
3.3. Functional Diagram : Typical Layout for Housekeeping & Laundry.....................................166
4. KITCHEN AND FOOD PREPARATION .............................................................................................................167
4.2. Storage ....................................................................................................................................167
4.3. Room Service ..........................................................................................................................168
4.4. Flower Work Room.................................................................................................................168
5. RECEIVING AND PURCHASING ......................................................................................................................169
5.1. Loading Area...........................................................................................................................169
5.2. Offices .....................................................................................................................................170
5.3. Back-of-House Standards Details ...........................................................................................171
E. SERVICES AND SYSTEMS .......................................................................................................190

1. MECHANICAL ...............................................................................................................................................190
2. PLUMBING .................................................................................................................................................199
3. ELECTRICAL .................................................................................................................................................201
3.2. Dimming Equipment ...............................................................................................................204
3.3. Telephone System ...................................................................................................................205
3.4. Television System ...................................................................................................................210
3.5. Closed Circuit Television Security and Assistance Systems...................................................210
3.6. Background Music and AV Systems.......................................................................................211
4. ELEVATORS .................................................................................................................................................215
4.1. General Requirements Public Elevators..................................................................................215
4.2. Service Elevators.....................................................................................................................216
5. ELECTRONIC LOCKING SYSTEM ...................................................................................................................217
5.1. Services and Systems Standards Details .................................................................................219
6. TECHNOLOGY SERVICES – DATA CABLING SPECIFICATIONS ......................................................................221
6.1. Equipment Price Breakdown....................................................................................................221
6.2. Summary of Project..................................................................................................................222
6.3 Specification Summary ............................................................................................................224
6.4 Food & Beverage Point of Sales Cabling.................................................................................226
6.5 Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF) ....................................................................................227
6.6. Network Equipment .................................................................................................................228
6.7. Uninterruptable Power/Dedicated Power .................................................................................228
6.8 Vendor Qualification................................................................................................................228
6.9. Reference Standards.................................................................................................................230
6.10. Warranties ................................................................................................................................230
6.11. Vendor Submittals....................................................................................................................231
6.12. Testing Requirements...............................................................................................................232
7. TECHNOLOGY SERVICES – PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS ...................................................................................233
7.1. Cabling Overview ....................................................................................................................233
7.2. Horizontal Cabling ...................................................................................................................234
7.3. Cross-connect/Interconnect Systems........................................................................................235
REV. MARCH 2006 -4-

7.4. Data Communications Outlets..................................................................................................236

7.5. Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling System .................................................................................238
8. TECHNOLOGY SERVICES – COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS ...............................................................................240
8.1. Room Specifications ................................................................................................................240
F. APPENDICES ...........................................................................................................................243
1. HARDWARE .................................................................................................................................................243
1.2. Submittals to Fairmont Hotels & Resorts (FHR) ....................................................................244
1.3. Quality Assurance ...................................................................................................................245
1.4. Approved Manufacturers.........................................................................................................245
1.5 Hardware Designation.............................................................................................................247
1.6. Materials and Fabrication........................................................................................................248
1.7. Hinges, Butts, and Pivots ........................................................................................................248
1.8. Lock Cylinder and Keying ......................................................................................................249
1.9. Key Control System ................................................................................................................250
1.10 Locks, Latches, and Bolts........................................................................................................250
1.11 Door Trim Units ......................................................................................................................251
1.12. Hardware for Sliding Doors ....................................................................................................251
1.13 Weatherstripping and Seals .....................................................................................................251
1.14 Thresholds ...............................................................................................................................251
1.15 Hardware finishes....................................................................................................................251
1.16 Installation...............................................................................................................................252
1.17 Adjusting, Cleaning, and Demonstrating ................................................................................252
1.18 Hardware Schedule .................................................................................................................253
1.19 TimeLox Locking System Requirements ................................................................................253
2. TYPICAL HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS (PER DOOR) BY LOCATION ...............................................................257
2.1. Guestroom Entry Door:...........................................................................................................257
2.2. Guestroom Sliding Balcony Door: ..........................................................................................257
2.3 Guestroom Balcony French Door (Pair): ................................................................................257
2.4 Guestroom Bathroom Door:....................................................................................................258
2.5. Guestroom Water Closet Door:...............................................................................................258
2.6. Guestroom Connecting Door: .................................................................................................258
2.7. Guestroom Closet Door (Single):............................................................................................259
2.8. Guestroom Closet Doors (Pair): ..............................................................................................259
2.9. Gold Wing Guestroom Corridor Entry Doors (Pair): ..............................................................259
2.10 Gold Lounge Entry Doors (Pair): ............................................................................................259
2.11 Maids’ Closet, Pantry, Computer Room and Secured Storage Room Doors: .........................260
2.12 Janitors’ Closet Doors: ............................................................................................................260
2.13 Guestrooms’ Ice Machine Room Door: ..................................................................................260
2.14 Hotel Main Entry Doors (Pair):...............................................................................................260
2.15 Guest Safety Deposit Box Door: .............................................................................................261
2.16 Public Washroom Entry Door: ................................................................................................261
2.17 Public Washroom Stall Door:..................................................................................................261
2.18 Ballroom and Meeting Room Entry Doors – (Pair with standard exiting devices): ................262
2.20 Ballroom and Meeting Room Service Doors (Pair): ...............................................................262
2.21 Security Office (Dutch) Door:.................................................................................................263
2.22 Head Cashier’s Office Door:...................................................................................................263
2.23 Back-of-House Office Doors: .................................................................................................263
2.24 Housekeeping Office (Dutch) Door: .......................................................................................264
2.25 Staff Main Entry Door: ...........................................................................................................264
2.26 Staff Change Room Entry Door: .............................................................................................264
2.27 Kitchen Entry (off Service corridor) Doors:............................................................................265
REV. MARCH 2006 -5-

2.28 Flower Shop Door: ..................................................................................................................265

2.29 Health Club and Spa Treatment Entry Door: ..........................................................................265
2.30 Maintenance Entry Doors (Pair): ............................................................................................266
2.31 Mechanical and Electrical Entry Doors (Pair):........................................................................266
3. MECHANICAL QUESTIONNAIRE ....................................................................................................................267
DESIGN CRITERIA ...............................................................................................................................267
MAIN SYSTEMS....................................................................................................................................267
4. ELECTRICAL QUESTIONNAIRE ......................................................................................................................275
DESIGN CRITERIA AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS...................................................................275
SYSTEMS ...............................................................................................................................................275
SPECIFICATIONS..................................................................................................................................288
Note:
All metric conversions are approximate.
REV. MARCH 2006 -6-

FAIRMONT HOTELS & RESORTS · DESIGN STANDARDS CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
A. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
1. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
1.1. Model Guestrooms

The contractor shall construct one standard guestroom and one connecting double
double, together with a guestroom corridor the length of both guestrooms, complete
with all finishes and shall alter and adapt them as required at no additional cost to
Fairmont Hotels & Resorts. They will be constructed minimum eighteen month prior to
completion of the construction of the hotel and will be constructed off-site in space
provided by Owner and will remain in their completed state until equivalent rooms are
complete and safely accessible for sales personnel and guests on site
In addition, the contractor shall finish out complete with furniture the first available
standard guestroom and double-double in the hotel. These rooms will be finished as
soon as possible including temporary waterproofing, etc.
1.2. Guarantees
The contractor shall guarantee the building free from defects for a period of not less
than one year with the exception of the items included in these Design Standards for
which a longer guarantee period is specified.
1.3. Substantial Completion Documentation

On substantial completion Fairmont Hotels & Resorts shall be provided with the
following maintenance information either bound or in electronic format:
a) Two sets of architectural, mechanical, electrical and interior
design “as built” drawings. Drawings shall be on CD’s with hard
copies on Mylar and shall be individually bound and clipped in
sets
b) Two bound summaries of all sub contracts awarded on the project
detailing type of sub contract to show the name, address and
telephone number of each contractor
c) Two-framed valve charts listing each valve by number, system
and function.
Three months prior to substantial completion, Fairmont Hotels & Resorts
shall be provided with the following:
REV. MARCH 2006 -1-

Substantial Completion Documentation (continued)
a) Two sets of operating and maintenance manuals for all

mechanical and electrical equipment, kitchen and laundry
equipment and IT equipment. The manuals shall include shop
drawings, descriptive and technical data, maintenance and
operating procedures, wiring diagrams, spare parts list, local
supplier for spare parts, local service representatives, etc.
Manuals shall be assembled in 2” (5 cm) black loose-leaf binders
clearly identified as to their contents.
b) Two sets of manufacturers recommended maintenance
procedures for all architectural and interior design materials.
Each set of maintenance procedures shall be bound and indexed
in a loose-leaf folder.
REV. MARCH 2006 -2-

1.4. Catalogue Cuts and Shop Drawing Requirements
Description Date Received Date Approved

Fixture Cuts
Plumbing fixtures and trim
Light fixtures and accessories
Supply and return air grilles
Bathroom exhaust grilles
Access panels
Guestroom thermostat and ceiling fan control switch
Washroom accessories
Life safety accessories
Sprinkler head and escutcheon
Shop Drawings and Cuts
Millwork drawings for doorman’s station
front/cashiers/concierge and health club reception, retail
and back-of-house millwork (all millwork relating to
operational functions)
Elevators and accessories
Signage
REV. MARCH 2006 -3-

2. PRE-OPENING, OCCUPATION AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
2.1. General
The construction company is required to provide the following services:
a) Fairmont Hotels & Resorts will be permitted to occupy the building in
stages as it is completed for the purpose of installing the FF&E
The contractor will be responsible for providing Fairmont Hotels &
Resorts with the following services at no cost during the FF&E
installation program:
i) Heating, cooling and humidity control as required to protect the
FF&E
ii) Temporary Lighting
iii) Completely clean all areas of the building prior to hand over to
Fairmont Hotels & Resorts including interior and exterior glass,
all finishes, vacuuming all floors, polishing all mirrors, chrome,
plumbing fixtures, etc.
iv) Removing from a central point on each floor all packing cases,
boxes, wrapping, off-cuts, etc. brought into the building by
Fairmont Hotels & Resorts.
v) Exclusive use of at least two elevators during normal working
hours and exclusive use of at least three elevators outside these
hours including providing all necessary elevator operators.
b) All areas must be fully operational and completely free of deficiencies
when turned over to Fairmont Hotels & Resorts.
c) Where an area includes equipment, including specialty equipment
supplied and installed under an FF&E contract, all equipment must be
connected, tested, and fully operational when turned over to Fairmont
Hotels & Resorts, including:
i) Food and beverage equipment
ii) Laundry and valet equipment
iii) Computer equipment
iv) Telephone equipment
v) Garbage compaction equipment
The construction contractor is responsible for coordinating with the
specialty equipment contractors, and Fairmont Hotels & Resorts, to
ensure these requirements are met.
REV. MARCH 2006 -4-

Occupation and Installation Requirements (continued)
d) Entire guestroom floors must be turned over at one time, including all
guestrooms, corridors, suites, and service areas
e) A fully detailed turnover program detailing individual areas will be
prepared and coordinated with the construction company, nine months
prior to opening and will include FF&E staging areas, FF&E access
routes, security etc.
f) It is the Owner’s and construction contractor’s responsibility to obtain
all necessary temporary or partial occupancy certificates.
2.2. Pre-Opening Offices

Hotel staffing generally commences about fifteen to eighteen months prior to opening
and therefore offices are required off the construction site until the administrative
offices in the hotel are available for occupancy (8 weeks prior to opening). The
following are the design requirements for the off-site offices which do not form part of
the General Contractors work.
1. Area
Approximately 2,500 ft2 , excluding circulation. If the Sales Office and the
Executive Office are adjacent, separate meeting rooms, washrooms, and copy
and beverage areas are not necessary.
2. Office Requirements
Construction and furnishing specifications will be the same as for the hotel
administration offices.
3. Parking
Adequate well illuminated parking for both staff and visitors.
4. Washroom
Fully functional, code compliant washrooms are required with the hose bib
adjacent to vanity for housekeeping. Provide a small janitors room (30 ft2).
5. Beverage Area
This area requires full size fridge, sink with counter and cabinets above and
below, space and electrical for coffee machine, microwave oven and
dishwasher.
6. Copy Room
Provide a full size copying machine, counter with open storage shelving above
and below, wall phone, fax machine and postage machine.
REV. MARCH 2006 -5-

2.3. Installation and Occupation Schedule

Weeks Required
Area
Prior to Opening
Elevators #1, #2 (Service) 18
Guestroom Floors: (first two floors or 15% of rooms) 18
Main Entry or Truck Dock 18*
Housekeeping/Laundry/Valet 12
Maintenance/Engineering 12
Receiving/Storage 12
Staff Cafeteria 10
Administration Offices 8
Ballroom 8
Computer Room 8
Front Desk 8
Front Office 8
Main Kitchen 8
Meeting Rooms and Circulation/Pre-Function Area 8
Dining: 3 Meal Dining/Specialty Dining 7
Banquet Kitchen 6
Staff Locker Rooms 6
Retail 6
Guestroom Floors: (last two floors – no later than) 4
Deli/Café 3
Lobby Lounge/Bar 3
Elevator (Passenger) 2
Lobby 1
* For access to elevators
REV. MARCH 2006 -6-

3. TURNOVER PROCEDURES GUEST ROOMS & GUEST FLOORS
3.1. Summary
The purpose of this document is to provide direction to the opening team in expediting
and simplifying the acceptance and turnover process of guestrooms and guest floors
from the contractor to the owner for the installation of FF&E. By working with the
owner in this acceptance process, we can expect to reduce the time required to punch
list or “snag” the rooms and give the contractor the information required to bring the
guestrooms and floors up to a standard to which Fairmont Hotels & Resorts can accept.
By establishing these standards and criteria with the owner and contractor well in
advance of turnover, it is likely that most deficiencies can be corrected during the
initial “snag”, thus allowing the owner to accept rooms that will require minimal
additional work to achieve Fairmont Hotels & Resorts Standards.
The typical acceptance process has the owner, architects and various consultants
inspecting the guestrooms and guest floors and identifying deficiencies or variances to
the project specifications. A “punch list” is developed and issued to the contractor for
his action. This punch list becomes a road map for the contractor and once complete
allows the owner to accept the owner to accept the room for the installation of FF&E.
Upon completion of the FF&E installation, the owner offers the room to Fairmont
Hotels & Resorts for final acceptance. The Fairmont Hotels & Resorts operations team
then re-inspects the room and issues a second punch list of deficiencies which the
owner must have corrected.
The difficulty usually lies in that additional architectural deficiencies are identified at
this stage by Fairmont Hotels & Resorts, which could have and should have been
identified in the initial inspection. Typically, the contractor is reluctant to perform
additional work after the owner has accepted the room. This does not include damage
to the room as a result of this FF&E installation. Repair to rooms that have been
damaged by the installation of FF&E is handled as a separate repair program by the
owner and would be a billable repair by the contractor.
Therefore, the goal of this program and its procedures is to minimize the number of
architectural deficiencies identified in the second “snag”.
3.2. Model Rooms
The Model Rooms once completed and approved for their architecture, finishes, MEP
and FF&E, shall serve as the standard that the contractor must meet in all guestrooms.
The snagging process shall focus on variances in the guestrooms being turned over
from the approved model room. Where the guestroom conforms substantially to the
model rooms architecturally, the snagging process should be limited to finishes, FF&E
and MEP items.
REV. MARCH 2006 -7-

3.3. Procedures
The Hotel’s Director of Engineering, the Fairmont Design and Construction Manager,
and the FF&E Coordinator will all participate in the initial snagging of a representative
sample of guestrooms along with the owner’s representatives, the architect, consultants
and the general contractor. The purpose of this joint effort is to establish a standard for
both the contractor and the owner’s representatives who will perform the majority of
the snagging.
It is the intention of this program that Fairmont Hotels & Resorts participate in the
initial snagging of about 5% of the guestrooms.
The tools required for snagging are:
• Small torpedo level

• Electric socket tester
• Tape measure
• Snag checklist
• Model room manual
The room will be reviewed from two perspectives.
1. Architecturally
Doors and Hardware

Window millwork
Finishes, fixtures and accessories
2. Mechanical, Electric and Plumbing
HVAC
Plumbing fittings and fixtures
Lighting and power
All punch list items are to be detailed in written format according to the above
categories. Each item is to be numbered and the deficiency clearly identified using
reference to the model room manual as necessary.
Attached is a sample punch list, which can serve as a model.
REV. MARCH 2006 -8-

3.4. Inspection Checklist
Mechanical, Electric and Plumbing:
Electric
• All switches and outlets functional and properly installed

• All 3 way switches functional
• Designated switch/outlets relationship correct
• Circuit breakers all labeled
• All light bulbs and fixtures are functional and properly installed
Plumbing
• Hardware and fixtures securely mounted and functional

• Toilet operates properly
• Sink and tub stopper operation
• Hot and cold lines are correct and properly designated
• Shower mixing valve operates properly
• Hand-held shower/diverter valve functional
• Tub fixtures operate properly and tub porcelain is free from defects
• All drains are clear and flowing
• Proper access to all shut off valves
HVAC
• Fan coil is fully functional

• Heating
• Cooling
• Fan operates on all settings
• Dehumidification – unit sizing as per schedule
• Noise levels as per design standards
• Fan coil has proper access for repairs and maintenance
• Fan coil has had all PM required and new filter
• Toilet exhaust is functional
3.5. Model Rooms Manual
Once approved, the model rooms shall serve as the reference for construction of the
typical rooms. Once approved, a manual shall be produced by the architect that
documents all of the requirements of the model room. This manual can be utilized as a
reference in the room acceptance process. The manual shall contain:
REV. MARCH 2006 -9-

Model Room Manual (continued)
• Architectural layout
• Furniture plan and specifications
• Millwork detail shop drawings
• Electric schematic and rough in locations
• Electric equipment cut-sheets
• Data/Com schematics and rough in-locations
• Hardware schedules and cut-sheets
• Plumbing schedules and cut-sheets
• Door and window cut-sheets
• Finish schedule; paint carpet, marble, etc.
• Fan coil schedule and cut-sheets
• Lighting fixture schedules and cut-sheets
• Fire protection schematic and cut-sheets
• FF & E schedule and cut-sheets, mini bar, room safe, etc.
3.6. Guest Room Inspection Checklists

Attached are the Guestroom Inspection and Guestroom MEP Inspection Checklists.
These checklists shall be used when inspecting rooms for acceptance and through to
room turnover to operations. These lists shall form the basis of any punch list.
REV. MARCH 2006 - 10 -

3.7. Inspection Report – Entrance Vestibule
FAIRMONT HOTELS & RESORTS

GUESTROOM INSPECTION REPORT
HOTEL:_____________________ INSPECTION DATE _________________
ROOM # _____________________
ENTRANCE VESTIBULE
ACCEPT REJECT REINSPECT

DOOR
DOOR FRAME
DOOR HARDWARE AND LOCK
CEILING
ACCESS PANEL
GRILLE
LIGHT FIXTURE/S
WALLS
SWITCH/ES
BASE & MOLDINGS
FLOORING/CARPET
GENERAL
COMMENTS: ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
NAME: _______________________________
REV. MARCH 2006 - 11 -

3.8. Inspection Report - Closet
CLOSET

DOOR
DOOR FRAME
DOOR HARDWARE
CEILING
ACCESS PANEL
GRILLE
LIGHT FIXTURE/S
WALLS
SWITCH/ES
BASE & MOLDINGS
FLOORING/CARPET
WALL SAFE
GENERAL
COMMENTS: ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
NAME: _______________________
REV. MARCH 2006 - 12 -

3.9. Inspection Report - Bathroom
BATHROOM

DOOR
DOOR FRAME
DOOR HARDWARE
CEILING
ACCESS PANEL/S
EXHAUST GRILLE
LIGHT FIXTURE/S
WALLS & WALLS COVERINGS
SWITCH/ES
BASE & MOLDINGS
WALL TILES
BATH TUB
FLOOR TILES
SHOWER GLASS
SHOWER DRAIN
GRAB BARS
GENERAL
COMMENTS: ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
NAME: _______________________
REV. MARCH 2006 - 13 -

3.10. Inspection Report – Bathroom Accessories
BATHROOM ACCESSORIES

BATH TUB
SOAP DISH
TOWEL BARS
MIXING VALVE
HAND HELD UNIT
MIRRORS
ELECTRIC OUTLETS
TOILET PAPER HOLDER
SPARE TOILET PAPER HOLDER
ROBE HOOK
SINK
SINK HARDWARE
VANITY TOP
WATER CLOSET
DRAINAGE
FIXTURE AND VALVES
GENERAL
COMMENTS: ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
NAME: _______________________
REV. MARCH 2006 - 14 -

3.11. Inspection Report - Guestroom
GUESTROOM

CEILING
WINDOWS
WALLS
GRILLE/S
THERMOSTAT
RECEPTACLES
BASE & MOLDINGS
FLOORS/CARPET
WALLCOVERINGS
CONNECTING DOORS/FRAMES/HARDWARE
GENERAL
COMMENTS: ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
NAME: _______________________
REV. MARCH 2006 - 15 -

3.12. Inspection Report – Fan Coil Unit
FAIRMONT HOTELS & RESORTS

GUESTROOM INSPECTION REPORT
HOTEL:_____________________ INSPECTION DATE _________________
ROOM # _____________________
FAN COIL UNIT

ACCESS PROVIDED FOR ALL VALVES
ACCESS PROVIDED TO ALL CONTROLS
ACCESS PROVIDED FOR FAN MOTOR MAINTENANCE
AIR VENTS INSTALLED AS REQUIRED AND ACCESSIBLE
CONFIRM REMOVAL OF TEMPERATURE FILTER/S
COIL CLEAN AND FINS UNDAMGED
GRILLES ARE LEVEL AND PLUMB
INSULATION COMPLETE AND AS PER SPECIFICATIONS
OPERATION OF ALL VALVES CONFIRMED
DRAIN PAN CHECKED FOR PITCH AND DRAINAGE
FAN SPEED(S) OPERATION CONFIRMED
NOISE LEVEL OF UNIT CHECKED AGAINST SPEC (35 NTC)
OPERATION OF THERMOSTATS AND CONTROLS CONFIRMED
COMMENTS: ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
NAME: _______________________________
REV. MARCH 2006 - 16 -

3.13. Inspection Report - Plumbing
PLUMBING

FIXTURES MOUNTED AT PROPER HEIGHTS
FIXTURES LEVEL AND SECURE
FIXTURES AND TRIM AS PER APPROVED SCHEDULES
WATER CLOSET FLANGE INSTALLED PROPERLY
CHECK WC INSTALLATION AND WATER FEEDS (LONG BEND)
CHECK FOR DAMAGE TO FIXTURES AND PROCELAIN
TEST CHECK OF ALL PLUMBING AND FIXTURES
COMMENTS: ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
NAME: _______________________________
REV. MARCH 2006 - 17 -

3.14. Inspection Report – Heating & Ventilation
HEATING & VENTILATION

TOILET EXHAUST BOOT INSULATED
EXHAUST GRILLE SQUARE AND SECURE
PROPER AIR EXHAUST AS PER DESIGN
ACCESS PROVIDED FOR ALL DAMPERS
EXHAUST GRILLE LOCATION AS SPECIFIED
CHECK DUCT WORK CONSTRUCTION & SEAL
HEATING ELEMENT INSTALLED AS SPECIFIED
FINS CLEAN AND FREE OF DAMAGE
COVERS IN PLACE AND SECURE
AUTOMATIC VALVES INSTALLED AND OPERATIONAL
COMMENTS: ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
NAME: _______________________________
REV. MARCH 2006 - 18 -

3.15. Inspection Report - Electrical
ELECTRICAL

ALL ELECTRICAL TRIM AND FIXTURES AS PER SCHEDULES
ALL TRIM AND FIXTURES INSTALLED AS PER DRAWINGS
ALL ITEMS SECURE AND PROPERLY WIRED
ALL ITEMS UL, CSA AND HYDRO APPROVED
CONFIRM 3 WAY SWITCHING IF SPECIFIED
CONFIRM OPERATION OF GFI’S IF SPECIFIED IN BATHROOM
ROOM CIRCUIT BREAKERS LABELED
COMMENTS: ______________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
NAME: _______________________________
REV. MARCH 2006 - 19 -

3.16. Sample Guest Room Punch List
Room #501 Inspector ________________
Date: 12/1/01
Doors
1. Door deadbolt not engaging freely.

2. Door frames chipped.
Windows
1. Side window glass scratched

2. Lock not engaging
Millwork
1. Molding chipped at bathroom door

2. Millwork damaged at closet entrance
Finishes
1. Bath shower – missing grout

2. Paint chipped on bath ceiling
Electric
1. Bedroom outlet not working

2. Wall switch at entrance not turning on floor lamp outlet
3. Circuit Breakers not labeled
Plumbing
1. Shower drain clogged

2. Shower Gooseneck loose and not caulked
3. Toilet runs continuously
4. Sink stopper not working
HVAC
1. Fan not working on low speed

2. Heat not working
3. Fan rattling on high speed.
REV. MARCH 2006 - 20 -

4. OUTLINE OF RESPONSIBILITIES
REV. MARCH 2006 - 21 -

FAIRMONT HOTELS & RESORTS · DESIGN STANDARDS OUTLINE OF RESPONSIBILITIES
OUTLINE OF RESPONSIBILITIES-WITH RESPECT TO
FAIRMONT HOTELS STANDARD PROCEDURES
RELATING TO FF&E AND OS&E ITEMS ONLY
Key:
A/E Architect/Engineer
DCC Direct Construction Cost
FC FF&E Contractor
FFE FF&E Cost
PA Purchasing Agent
GC General Contractor
IDC Interior Design Consultant
FHR Fairmont Hotels & Resorts
KDC Kitchen Design Consultant
OSE OS&E Cost
NOTE: Where two or more “key initials” are grouped together, then the first key initial becomes the ultimate responsibility for that item.
Please refer to “Classification or Responsibilities” for a more comprehensive document for the entire project team.
REV. MARCH 2006 22

Item Design Construction Construction Purchase Install Cost

or Drawings Specifications or
Select Provide
1. GUESTROOMS
A. Furnishings, including moveable IDC/FHR IDC IDC PA FC FFE
furniture, beds and frames, loose
lamps and mirrors, wastebasket, etc.
B. Artwork and Pictures IDC IDC IDC PA FC FFE
- blocking and backing A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
C. Floor Coverings
- carpet and pad IDC IDC IDC PA GC FFE
- installation of carpet and pad --- --- --- --- GC DCC
- hard surfaces IDC IDC IDC GC GC DCC
D. Loose Rugs and Pad IDC IDC IDC PA FC FFE
E. Window Treatments (incl. Hardware) IDC IDC IDC PA FC FFE

F. Wall Coverings
- paint IDC A/E A/E / IDC GC GC DCC
- vinyl and fabric IDC IDC A/E / IDC PA GC FFE
- millwork & marble IDC IDC A/E GC GC DCC
G. Fixed Lighting
- chandeliers IDC IDC IDC PA --- FFE
- chandelier assembly A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
- wall sconces and hanging fixtures IDC IDC IDC PA GC FFE
- lamping (bulbs) FHR/IDC --- --- GC GC DCC
23
REV. MARCH 2006

Select Provide
H. Closet (clothes rod, shelf, and robe hooks) IDC IDC A/E GC GC DCC
I. Bar
- mini fridge/bar IDC/FHR IDC IDC PA FC/GC* FFE
- sink/faucet IDC A/E A/E GC GC DCC
- counter top, shelves and refrigerator IDC A/E A/E GC GC DCC
surround
- conduit (rough-in) A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
- millwork/glass/fixed mirror, blocking and
IDC IDC / A/E A/E GC GC DCC
backing
J. Telephone System
- location FHR A/E A/E --- --- ---
- equipment, including instruments, FHR A/E A/E GC GC DCC
consoles, message unit, register, etc.
- rough-in, wiring, backboards, etc. A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
K. TV/VCR/DVD Systems
- sets FHR --- --- PA FC FFE
- conduit, wiring and rough-in A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
- antenna cable or dish system A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
L. Bed Headboard IDC IDC IDC PA FC FFE

-blocking and backing A/E A/E A/E GC GC GC
M. Live Plants
- planters IDC / A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
- containers (portable) IDC --- --- PA FC FFE
- plant material IDC IDC IDC FHR FC LEASE
Note: * When built-in done by GC, otherwise by FC
24
REV. MARCH 2006

Select Provide
N. Door Chimes
- wiring A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
- annunciator and button IDC/FHR A/E A/E GC GC DCC
O. Valance
- backing board A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
- fabric and finishing IDC/FHR IDC IDC PA FC FFE
P. Ceiling Fan and Control IDC/FHR IDC A/E GC GC FFE
Q. Room Safe FHR IDC IDC PA GC FFE

- enclosure (millwork) IDC IDC / A/E IDC / A/E GC GC DCC
2. GUEST BATHROOMS
A. Floor Coverings
- hard surfaces IDC IDC / A/E IDC /A/E GC GC DCC
B. Wall Coverings
- paint IDC A/E A/E GC GC DCC
- millwork &marble IDC IDC IDC GC GC DCC
- vinyl IDC IDC IDC PA GC FFE
C. Vanities IDC IDC A/E GC GC DCC

- hard surface, millwork
D. Fixed Lighting As Guestrooms
E. Telephone Systems As Guestrooms
F. T.V. As Guestrooms
G. Loose Accessories IDC IDC IDC PA FC FFE
25
REV. MARCH 2006

Select Provide
H. Loose Mirrors IDC IDC IDC PA GC FFE

I. Plumbing Fixtures and Accessories IDC IDC /A/E IDC /A/E GC GC DCC
J. Hardware IDC A/E A/E GC GC DCC
K. Loose Rugs and Pads IDC --- IDC PA FC FFE
3. GUESTROOM CORRIDORS AND ELEVATOR LOBBIES

A. Furnishings, including moveable IDC IDC IDC PA FC FFE
furnishings, mirrors, draperies,
accessories, loose lamps, etc.
B. Floor Coverings
C. Loose Rugs and Pads IDC IDC IDC PA FC FFE
D. Millwork IDC A/E A/E GC GC DCC
E. Wall Coverings
- vinyl and fabric IDC IDC IDC PA GC FFE
- millwork and marble IDC IDC A/E GC GC DCC
F. Window Treatments (incl. Hardware) IDC IDC IDC PA FC FFE
26
REV. MARCH 2006

Select Provide
G. Fixed Lighting & Telephone Systems As Guestrooms
H. Room Numbers & Signage IDC IDC IDC GC GC DCC
4. GUESTROOM LEVELS SERVICE AREA

A. Ice Maker KDC KDC KDC GC GC DCC
-enclosure (millwork) A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
B. Sinks A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
C. Fixed Shelving A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
D. Corner Guards & Rubbing Rails A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
5. PUBLIC AREAS
A. Moveable Furnishings IDC/FHR IDC IDC PA FC FFE
Fixed Counters and Shelving IDC/FHR IDC IDC GC GC DCC
Fixed Seating (framing only) IDC/FHR A/E A/E GC GC DCC
B. Artwork and Pictures IDC IDC IDC PA FC FFE

C. Loose Screens, Dividers IDC IDC IDC PA FC FFE
D. Wall Plaques, Murals, Reliefs IDC IDC IDC PA FC FFE

27
REV. MARCH 2006
Design Construction Construction Purchase Install Cost

Item or or
Drawings Specifications
Select Provide
E. Wall Coverings
- paint IDC A/E A/E / IDC GC GC DCC
- vinyl and fabric IDC IDC A/E / IDC PA GC FFE
F. Live Plants
- planters IDC / A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
- containers (portable) IDC --- --- PA FC FFE
- plant material IDC IDC IDC FHR FC LEASE
G. Special Ceilings
- surface features IDC IDC IDC GC GC DCC
H. Floor Coverings
- selection IDC IDC IDC PA --- FFE
- installation --- --- --- --- GC DCC
- hard surface IDC IDC / A/E IDC / A/E GC GC DCC
I. Loose Rugs & Pads IDC IDC IDC PA FC FFE
J. Window Treatments (incl. Hardware) IDC IDC IDC PA FC FFE

K. Fixed Lighting
- chandeliers IDC IDC IDC PA --- FFE
- chandelier assembly A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
- wall sconces and hanging fixtures IDC IDC IDC PA GC FFE
- lamping (bulbs) FHR/IDC --- --- GC GC DCC
28
REV. MARCH 2006

Select Provide
L. Signs, room names, etc:

- decorative package (interior) IDC IDC IDC GC GC DCC
- decorative package (exterior) A/E / FHR A/E A/E GC GC DCC
M. Exterior Lighting A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
N. Safety Deposit Boxes FHR IDC IDC GC GC DCC

- enclosure (millwork) IDC A/E A/E GC GC DCC
O. Bars & Service Counters

- sinks and equipment KDC KDC KDC GC GC DCC
- rough-in A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
P. Drinking Fountains A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
Q. Ballroom Partitions IDC/FHR A/E A/E GC GC DCC
R. Vitrines
- built-in IDC IDC IDC GC GC DCC
- electrical rough-in connection A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
6. PUBLIC WASHROOMS
A. Fixed Counters IDC/FHR IDC IDC GC GC DCC
B. Artwork & Pictures IDC IDC IDC PA FC FFE

29
REV. MARCH 2006

Select Provide
C. Toilet Partitions IDC IDC / A/E IDC / A/E GC GC DCC
D. Wall Plaques, Murals, Reliefs IDC IDC IDC PA FC FFE

E. Wall Coverings
- vinyl and fabric IDC IDC IDC PA GC FFE
F. Special Ceilings
- surface features IDC IDC IDC GC GC DCC
G. Floor Coverings
H. Loose Rugs & Pads IDC IDC IDC PA FC FFE
I. Hardware IDC A/E A/E GC GC DCC
30
REV. MARCH 2006
Design Construction Construction Purchase Install Cost

Item or Drawings Specifications or
Select Provide
J. Fixed Lighting Fixtures

- wall sconces & hanging fixtures IDC IDC IDC PA GC FFE
- recessed downlights & wallwash fixtures IDC A/E A/E GC GC DCC
- cove & built-in fixtures IDC A/E A/E GC GC DCC
- artwork lighting & spot & accent lighting IDC A/E A/E GC GC DCC
- circuiting, switching, conduit & rough-in IDC A/E A/E GC GC DCC
- lamping
--- --- --- GC GC DCC
K. Signs, Room Names, etc.
- decorative packages IDC IDC IDC PA GC DCC
L. Loose Accessories IDC IDC IDC PA FC FFE
M. Plumbing Fixtures and Accessories IDC IDC /A/E IDC /A/E GC GC DCC
7. ELEVATOR CABS
A. Passenger
- cabs (interior finishes) IDC IDC IDC GC GC DCC
- doors & frames IDC IDC IDC GC GC DCC
- carpet & pad IDC IDC IDC PA GC FFE
B. Service
- cab interior finishes doors & frames A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
8. BACK OF HOUSE
A. Kitchen Equipment
- stainless steel counters, worktables KDC KDC KDC GC GC DCC
- rough-in and hook-up KDC A/E A/E GC GC DCC
- hand sinks, curbs, bases, millwork KDC A/E A/E GC GC DCC
31
REV. MARCH 2006

Select Provide
B. Walk-in Refrigerator KDC KDC KDC GC GC DCC

- including insulated floor KDC A/E A/E GC GC DCC
C. Office furnishings
- office equipment FHR FHR FHR GC GC DCC
- office counters & fixed casework FHR A/E A/E GC GC DCC
D. Storeroom Shelving
- fixed wood, metal A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
E. Floor Coverings
F. Wall Coverings
- paint A/E / FHR A/E A/E GC GC DCC
- vinyl, fabric A/E / FHR A/E A/E GC GC DCC
- ceramic tile A/E / FHR A/E A/E GC GC DCC
G. Window Treatments (incl. Hardware) IDC IDC IDC PA FC FFE

H. Laundry Chute A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
I. Laundry
- equipment LC LC LC GC GC DCC
- millwork LC A/E A/E GC GC DCC
- rough-in & hook-up (incl. lint filters) LC A/E A/E GC GC DCC
32
REV. MARCH 2006

Select Provide
9. MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
A. Telephone System
- location FHR A/E A/E/FHR --- --- ---
- equipment, incl. instruments, consoles, FHR A/E A/E GC GC DCC
message unit
- conduit, cable, backboards, etc.
- circuiting, installation & termination of
A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
cable A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
B. Front Desk, Accounting, and Point-

of-Sale Computer Systems and
Equipment
- computers, printers, etc FHR --- --- PA FC OSE
- circuiting, installation & termination of FHR / A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
cable
- conduit and rough-in A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
- UPS A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
C. Closed Circuit T.V. Equipment

- cameras, monitors, etc. A/E / FHR A/E A/E GC GC DCC
- circuiting, conduit & rough-in A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
D. Emergency Voice Communication

System
- exitway speakers, emergency & fireman's A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
telephone & interface with hotel voice
communication systems
- circuiting, conduit & rough-in
A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
33
REV. MARCH 2006
Design Construction Construction Purchase Cost

Item Install
Select Provide
E. A/V Systems
- equipment A/E / FHR A/E A/E GC GC DCC
- circuiting, conduit, & rough-in A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
F. Misc. Voice Communication

Systems Equipment
- ballroom & meeting room PA system, A/E / FHR A/E A/E GC GC DCC
pocket page, and hand-held radios
G. Misc. Call Light and Alarm Systems

Equipment
- taxi call lights, hold-up alarm, exit door A/E / FHR A/E A/E GC GC DCC
alarms
H. Fire Alarm System Equipment

- fireman central control station, manual A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
alarm stations, smoke detectors, sprinkler
flow switches, annunciators, alarms, etc.
I. Dimmer Systems Equipment A/E / FHR A/E A/E GC GC DCC
- circuiting, conduit & rough-in A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
J. Portable A/V Equipment FHR --- --- PA FC OSE
34
REV. MARCH 2006
Design Construction Construction Purchase Cost

Install
Item or Drawings Specifications or
Select Provide
K. Life Safety Control Systems

Equipment
- smoke control devices, elevator controls, A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
stairway door unlocking
L. T.V. System
- antenna, cable services/satellite dish A/E A/E A/E GC GC DCC
- in-room movie system connected to house FHR A/E A/E PA GC LEASE
cable
35
REV. MARCH 2006
FAIRMONT HOTELS & RESORTS · DESIGN STANDARDS CLASSIFICATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES
5. CLASSIFICATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES
BUDGET DESIGN CONTRACT PURCH. INSTALL
DOCS
GUESTROOMS
1 LIFE SAFETY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
A EMPTY CONDUIT GC ME ME GC GC
B EQUIPMENT GC ME ME GC GC
2 FURNITURE
A MOVABLE I I I PA PA
B FIXED GC I I GC GC
3 ARTWORK I I I PA PA
A BLOCKING GC I A GC GC
4 FLOORS
A CARPETING I I I PA GC
B OTHER (when defined) GC I A/I*** GC GC
C BASE GC I A/I***
5 CEILINGS
A DRYWALL GC I/A A GC GC
B PLASTER GC I/A A GC GC
C OTHER GC I A GC GC
6 WALL COVERINGS
A VINYL GC I I PA GC
B PAINT GC I I GC GC
C OTHER GC I I GC GC
7 CONNECTING DOOR AND SILENCER GC I***/A A GC GC
8 LIGHTING
A DECORATIVE
a Plug-In I I I PA PA
b Direct Connection PA I ME PA GC**
B FLUORESCENT GC I/A/ME ME GC GC
C INCANDESCENT GC I/A/ME ME GC GC
9 DOORS
A FINISHERS GC I/A A GC GC
B HARDWARE GC I/A A GC GC
10 DRAPERY I I I PA PA
A BLOCKING GC A/I A GC GC
B WOOD SHUTTERS GC I I GC GC
11 ELECTRICAL GC ME ME C GC
12 LINENS O O/I O PA O
13 MECHANICAL GC ME ME GC GC
14 RADIO AND/OR TV
B EQIPMENT O O O PA PA
C WIRE O O O O O
15 SLIDING DOOR ASSEMBLY GC I/A I/A GC GC
16 SPRINKLER SYSTEM OR/ GC ME/A ME/A GC GC
LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM
17 TELEPHONES
A EMPTY CONDUIT GC ME/I ME/I GC GC
B EQUIPMENT & WIRE O ME/I/O ME/I/O O O
18 SMOKE DETECTOR GC ME/I ME/I GC GC
19 GRAPHICS-ROOM COLLATERAL PIECE O G/O G/O O O
20 BALCONY FLOORING GC A A GC GC
21 CLOSET-SHELVING RODS / HOOKS GC ID/A ID/A GC GC
22 BAR
A CABINET AND TOP GC ID ID/A GC GC
B REFRIGERATOR PA FHR ID/A PA GC
23 CEILING FAN GC ID ID/ME GC GC
24 ROOM SAFE PA ID ID PA PA
36
REV. MARCH 2006

DOCS
BATHROOM
1 BATH LINEN O O/I O O O
2 FLOORS
B OTHER GC I/A A/I*** GC GC
3 CEILINGS
A DRYWALL GC I/A A GC GC
B PLASTER GC I/A A GC GC
C OTHER GC I/A A/I*** GC GC
4 LIGHTING
A DECORATIVE
b Direct Connection PA ME ME PA GC**
B FLUORESCENT GC ME ME GC GC
C INCANDESCENT GC ME ME GC GC
5 ELECTRICAL GC ME ME GC GC
6 FLOOR AND WALL TILE & BASE GC I/A A GC GC
7 HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES GC I I/A GC GC
8 EXHAUST FAN GC ME/I ME GC GC
9 MIRRORS GC I A GC GC
A BLOCKING GC A A GC GC
11 SHOWER ENCLOSURE I I I PA O
12 SHOWER HEAD GC I/ME ME GC GC
13 SHOWER DOOR ASSEMBLY GC I/A A GC GC
14 TILE GROUT GC I A GC GC
15 VANITY MILLWORK GC I A/I*** GC GC
16 VANITY TOP MATERIAL GC I A/I*** GC GC
17 WALL
A VINYL GC I I*** PA GC
B STONE / MARBLE GC I I*** GC GC
C OTHER GC I A/I*** GC GC
18 TELEPHONES
A EMPTY CONDUIT GC ME/I ME GC GC
B EQUIPMENT GC ME/I/O ME/I O O
19 GRAPHICS-ROOM COLLATERAL PIECES O G/O G/O O O
20 PLUMBING FIXTURES GC ID ID/ME O O
GUEST FLOOR CORRIDORS
1 ARTWORK I I I PA PA
2 ASH URNS
A FIXED GC I A GC GC
B LOOSE I I I PA PA
3 FLOORS
B OTHER GC I I*** GC GC
C BASE (WOOD & VINYL) GC I A/I*** GC GC
4 CEILINGS
A LAY-IN GC I A GC GC
B SPRAY-IN GC I A GC GC
5 WALL COVERING
37
REV. MARCH 2006

DOCS
6 DOORS
A FINISHES GC I A GC GC
B HARDWARE GC A/I A GC GC
7 HANDRAIL / PLANTER GC I A GC GC
8 ELEVATOR FOYER GC A/I A GC GC
9 FIRE CABINET GC A/ME/I ME GC GC
10 FIRE EXTINGUISHER GC A/ME A GC GC
11 FURNITURE I I I PA PA
12 MIRRORS, PICTURES, ETC. I I I PA PA
13 TELEPHONES
B EQUIPMENT & WIRE O ME/I/O ME/I O O
14 PLANTERS
A FIXED GC A/L/LS I/A GC GC
B MOVABLE I/LS L/LS I PA PA
15 PLANT MATERIAL GC/LS I/LS LS GC GC
16 ROOM # & DIRECTIONAL SIGNAGE I G/O/I*** G PA/G GC
17 LIGHTING
A DECORATIVE I I I PA PA
a Direct Connection PA I ME PA GC***
B FLUORESCENT GC I/A ME GC GC
C INCANDESCENT GC I/A ME GC GC
18 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
B EQUIPMENT & WIRE GC ME ME GC GC
ELEVATORS
1 CAB INTERIOR – GUEST ELEVATORS GC I A/I GC GC
2 FLOORS
B OTHER GC I I GC GC
3 DOOR EXTERIOR GC I A GC GC
4 DOOR FRAME AND SILL GC I/A A GC GC
5 SIGNAGE & NUMBERING; PROMO. SIGNAGE O G/O/I****/A*** G PA/G G
6 LIGHTING
A DECORATIVE I I I PA GC**
B FLUORESCENT GC I ME/A GC GC
C INCANDESCENT GC I ME/A GC GC
7 SYSTEM (ELEVATOR) GC A A GC GC
8 TELEPHONE CABINET GC I/A A GC GC
MAIDS CLOSET
1 ALL ACCESSORIES O O O PA O
2 CEILINGS
A LAY-IN GC A/I A GC GC
B SPRAY-ON GC A/I A GC GC
C OTHER GC A/I A GC GC
3 LIGHTING
A FLUORESCENT GC ME/A ME/A GC GC
B INCANDESCENT GC ME/A ME/A GC GC
4 TELEPHONES
B EQUIPMENT O ME/I/O ME/I O O
38
REV. MARCH 2006

DOCS
5 WALL COVERING
A VINYL GC A/I A PA GC
B PAINT GC A/I A GC GC
6 SINK ASSEMBLY GC ME ME GC GC
7 SHELVING GC A/O A GC GC
8 FLOORS
A CARPETING I A/I I PA PA
B OTHER GC A/I A GC GC
SERVICE ELEVATOR LANDINGS
1 FLOORS
A CARPETING GC A/I A PA GC
2 CEILINGS
A LAY-IN PA A/I A PA GC
B SPRAY-ON GC A/I A GC GC
3 WALL COVERING
A VINYL PA A/I A PA GC
B PAINT GC A/I A GC GC
4 LIGHTING
A FLUORESCENT GC ME/A A GC GC
B INCANDESCENT GC ME/A A GC
5 LINEN CHUTE N/A
6 SHELVING/NAME BOARD GC O A GC GC
7 GRAPHICS AND SIGNAGE I O/A/G G PA/G G
ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL,
TELEPHONE ROOM GC A/ME A/ME GC GC
VENDING AREAS
1 WALLS GC A/I A/I*** GC GC
2 FLOORS GC A/I A/I*** GC GC
3 ICE MACHINE O O K/ME* PA GC**/[A
4 SINKS GC A/ME ME GC GC
5 DRINK MACHINE GC O K/ME* PA GC**/PA
ROUGH CARPENTRY
GC A A GC GC
(ALL LEVELS)
EMERGENCY STAIRWELL
GC A/ME A/ME GC GC
ELEVATOR PENTHOUSE
GC A/ME A/ME GC GC
STAFF LOCKER ROOMS
1 ASH URNS (FIXED) GC A A GC GC
2 BENCHES
A PRE-FAB GC O O PA PA
B MILLWORK GC A A GC GC
39
REV. MARCH 2006

DOCS
3 CEILINGS
A LAY-IN GC A A GC GC
B SPRAY-ON GC A A GC GC
C OTHER GC A A GC GC
4 ELECTRICAL / PLUMBING GC ME ME GC GC
5 DIRECTIONAL SIGNAGE I G/O G PA/G G
6 LOCKERS GC A/O A GC GC
7 MIRRORS GC A A GC GC
A BLOCKING GC A A GC GC
8 PAINT OR TILE WALLS GC A/I A GC GC
9 SHOWER CURTAINS
A RODS O A A GC GC
B CURTAINS GC O O PA O
10 SHOWERS GC ME/A ME GC GC
12 TILE FLOOR GC A/I A/I GC GC
13 TOILET, URINAL & SHOWER PARTITIONS GC A/I A/I GC GC
14 LIGHTING GC ME/A ME GC GC
STORE ROOMS
1 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS GC A/ME A/ME GC GC
2 LIGHTING GC ME ME GC GC
A FLUORESCENT GC ME ME GC GC
B INCANDESCENT GC A/O A GC GC
3 WIRE PARTITIONS K K K PA GC
4 SHELVING AND PALLETS (FOOD SERVICE) GC A/O A GC GC
5 SHELVING AND PALLETS (OTHER) GC A A PA GC
6 WALL COVERING
A VINYL GC A A PA GC
B PAINT GC A A GC GC
7 CEILINGS
8 FLOORS
A CARPETING GC A A PA GC
B OTHER GC A A GC GC
HOUSEKEEPING
1 CEILINGS
2 CONTROL DESK (FIXED) GC O A GC GC
3 EQUIPMENT O O O PA PA
5 SIGNAGE I G/I/I****/A*** G PA/G G
6 LIGHTING
A FLUORESCENT GC ME/A ME GC GC
B INCANDESCENT GC ME/A ME GC GC
40
REV. MARCH 2006

DOCS
7 WALL COVERING
8 SHELVING MILLWORK GC A/O A GC GC
9 SHELVING PREFAB O O O PA GC
10 SINK ASSEMBLY GC ME/A ME GC GC
11 FLOORS
A CARPETING I I A PA GC
MAINTENANCE SHOP
1 BUILT-IN SHELVING GC A/O A/O GC GC
2 CABINETRY GC A/O A/O GC GC
4 FLOORS
5 CEILINGS
6 WALL COVERING
A VINYL GC I A PA GC
7 FURNITURE AND FILES I I I PA PA
8 HAND TOOLS O O O PA O
9 KEY CABINETS GC A A GC GC
10 MOVABLE SHELVING O O O PA PA
11 PORTABLE EQUIPMENT O O O PA PA
12 WIRE PARTITIONS GC A/O A GC GC
13 SINK ASSEMBLY GC ME/A ME GC GC
14 SPARE STOCK O O O PA PA
15 STATIONARY EQUIPMENT O O O PA PA
16 WORK BENCHES (PRE-FAB) GC A/O A GC GC
17 LIGHTING GC ME/A ME GC GC
STAFF DINING ROOM
1 CASH REGISTER O O O PA PA/GC*
2 CEILINGS
A LAY-IN GC I/A A/I*** GC GC
B SPRAY-ON GC I/A A/I*** GC GC
3 WALL COVERING
A VINYL GC I/A I*** GC GC
B PAINT GC I/A I*** GC GC
C OTHER GC I/A I*** GC GC
4 COOKING VENTILATION SYSTEM K/GC K/ME K/ME PA GC
5 FLOORS
B OTHER GC I A/I*** GC GC
7 SIGNAGE I G/O/I****/A** G PA/G G
8 HAND SINK GC K/ME K/ME GC GC
41
REV. MARCH 2006

DOCS
9 KITCHEN EQUIPMENT K/GC K K PA GC
10 KITCHEN EQUIPMENT HOOK-UP GC K/ME K/ME GC GC
11 KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SET IN PLACE K K/ME PA GC
12 LIGHTING
A FLUORESCENT GC ME/A ME GC GC
B INCANDESCENT GC ME/A ME GC GC
14 OTHER EQUIPMENT HOOK-UP GC ME ME GC GC
15 OTHER EQUIPMENT SET IN PLACE GC ME ME GC GC
16 PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL GC ME ME GC GC
A EMPLOYEE CONDUIT GC ME ME GC GC
B EQUIPMENT GC ME ME GC GC
18 STAINLESS STEEL FABRICATION K/GC K K PA PA
GUEST LAUNDRY / LAUNDRY
1 ELECTRICAL GC ME/K/O ME/K/O GC GC
2 EQUIPMENT K/GC K/ME K/ME PA GC
3 FLOORS
4 WALL COVERING
C OTHER GC A/I A/I GC GC
5 CEILINGS
7 MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING GC ME/K ME/K GC GC
8 WORK TABLES K K K PA PA
9 SHELVING AND RACKS, MILLWORK GC K/O/A K/O/A GC GC
10 SHELVING AND RACKS, PORTABLE K K K PA PA
11 VENTILATION GC K/ME K/ME GC GC
13 PORTABLE EQUIPMENT (CARTS) K K/O K/O PA PA
ROOM SERVICE
1 CEILINGS
2 COOKING VENTILATION SYSTEM GC K/ME K/ME PA GC
4 EQUIPMENT K K/O K PA PA
5 SIGNAGE I A/G G PA/G G
6 KITCHEN EQUIPMENT K/GC K/ME K/ME PA GC/K
7 LIGHTING
B INCANDESCENT GC ME ME GC GC
8 PORTABLE EQUIPMENT (CARTS) K K/O K PA PA
9 STAINLESS STEEL FABRICATION K K K PA PA
10 FLOORS
42
REV. MARCH 2006

DOCS
11 WALL COVERING
D TILE GC A A GC GC
12 MILLWORK; STORAGE & WORK STATIONS GC A/O A GC GC
PURCHASING/RECEIVING/STORAGE
1 BUILT-IN SHELVING & TABLES-LOCKING GC A/O A GC GC
2 CEILINGS
4 FURNITURE AND FILES I I I GC GC
5 SIGNAGE I G/O G PA/G G
6 WALL COVERING
A VINYL GC A A GC GC
7 PLATFORM SCALE K K/A K/A PA PA
8 REFRIGERATION HOOK-UP TC K/ME ME PA K/GC
9 REFRIGERATION AND SET IN PLACE K/GC K K PA K/GC
10 SHELVING AND PALLETS – WIRE K K/O K PA PA
11 FLOORS
A CARPETING GC A/I A PA GC
13 LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT GC A A GC GC
14 DUMPSTER / COMPACTOR GC A A GC GC
15 CORNER GUARDS / RUB RAILS GC A A GC GC
PERSONNEL AND SECURITY
1 BUILT-IN DESKS AND SHELVING GC A/I/O A GC GC
2 CEILINGS
4 LIGHTING
A EMPTY CONDUIT GC ME/O ME GC GC
B EQUIPMENT & WIRE GC ME/O ME GC GC
7 TV SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM
A EMPTY CONDUIT GC ME/O ME GC GC
B EQUIPMENT & WIRE A AV/A AV/A AV AV
8 FLOORS
43
REV. MARCH 2006

DOCS
9 WALL COVERING
A VINYL GC I I*** PA GC
B PAINT GC I A GC GC
10 SECURITY COMPUTER EQUIPMENT SEC SEC SEC/ME GC GC
OFFICES ADMINISTRATION
SALES AND ACCOUNTING GC I/O I GC GC
1 BUILT-IN SHELVING & MILLWORK
2 FLOORS
3 CEILINGS
4 COMPUTER SYSTEMS
B SYSTEM & WIRE O O O O/PA O/PA
5 DRAPERIES I I I PA PA
7 LIGHTING
A DECORATIVE
b Direct Connection PA I ME PA GC**
B FLUORESCENT GC ME/I ME GC GC
C INCANDESCENT GC ME/I ME GC GC
9 DOORS
A FINISHES GC I A/I*** GC GC
B HARDWARE GC I/A A GC GC
10 DIRECTIONAL GRAPHICS & SIGNAGE I G/O/1****/A*** G PA/G G
11 OFFICE MACHINES O O O PA PA
12 PICTURES, MIRRORS, ETC. I I I PA PA
13 TELEPHONE AND TELEX
B EQUIPMENT & WIRE O ME/I/O ME/I I O
9 WALL COVERING
B PAINT GC I A/I GC GC
LOBBY AND PUBLIC FOYERS
1 FLOORS
B OTHER GC I I/A GC GC
2 CEILINGS
A LAY-IN GC I/A A/I GC GC
B SPRAY-ON GC I/A A/I GC GC
C OTHER GC I/A A/I GC GC
3 CHANDELIERS I I I/ME PA GC**
A BLOCKING & SUPPORT GC A/I A GC GC
4 DRAPERIES AND TRACKS I I I PA PA
A BLOCKING GC I/A A GC GC
44
REV. MARCH 2006

DOCS
5 FURNITURE
A LOOSE I I I PA PA
B FIXED GC I/O I GC GC
6 DIRECTIONAL GRAPHICS & SIGNAGE I G/O/I****/A*** G PA/G G
7 MIRRORS, PICTURES, ARTIFACTS I I I PA PA
A BLOCKING GC I I GC GC
8 WALL COVERING
A VINYL GC A/I A PA GC
C OTHER GC I I GC GC
9 PLANTERS
A FIXED GC I I GC GC
B MOVABLE GC I/LS/A I/A PA PA
10 PLANT MATERIAL I I/LS I PA PA
11 LIGHTING
A DECORATIVE
a Plug-In PA L/I I PA PA
b Direct Connection PA L/I L/I/ME/A PA GC**
B FLUORESCENT GC LI/I/ME L/ME GC GC
C INCANDESCENT GC LI/I/ME L/ME GC GC
D DIMMING GC I/L L/ME GC GC
12 STORE FRONTS GC I A GC GC
13 TELEPHONES
B EQUIPMENT O ME/I/O ME/I O O
14 WALL SCONCES I I I PA GC
15 SAFE DEPOSIT BOXES GC I I/A GC GC
PUBLIC RESTROOMS
1 BUILT-IN VANITIES GC I I/A GC GC
2 FLOORS
A CARPETING I I I PA PA
C TILE GC I A/I*** GC GC
3 CEILINGS
4 WALL COVERING
A VINYL GC I I GC GC
C OTHER GC I I*** GC GC
5 LIGHTING
A DECORATIVE
b Direct Connection PA I ME/A PA GC
B FLUORESCENT GC I/ME I/ME GC GC**
C INCANDESCENT GC I/ME I/ME GC GC
6 FURNITURE I I I GC GC
7 HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES GC I I/A GC GC
9 MIRRORS AND COAT HOOKS GC I/A I/A GC GC
10 PLANTERS
A FIXED GC I/LS/A I/A GC GC
B MOVABLE I I/LS I PA PA
45
REV. MARCH 2006

DOCS
11 PLANT MATERIAL LS I/LS LS GC GC
12 PLUMBING AND FIXTURES GC I/ME ME GC GC
14 DIRECTIONAL GRAPHICS & SIGNAGE I I/A/G G PA/G GC
FRONT OFFICE
1 COMPUTER O O O/ME PA PA
2 BUILT-IN DESK UNIT – BACK SIDE GC I/O I GC GC
3 BUILT-IN DESK UNIT – FRONT SIDE GC I I GC GC
4 BUILT-IN SHELVING/CABINETRY GC I/O I GC GC
5 FLOORS
7 FILES & FURNITURE I I I PA PA
8 LIGHTING
A DECORATIVE
b Direct Connection PA I ME/A PA GC**
B FLUORESCENT GC I/ME ME GC GC
C INCANDESCENT GC I/ME ME GC GC
9 OFFICE MACHINES O O O PA PA
10 SAFE OR SECURITY VAULT
A BUILT-IN GC A/O A GC GC
B PORTABLE O O O PA PA
11 SAFETY DEPOSIT BOXES GC A/O A GC GC
B EQUIPMENT & WIRE GC ME ME PA GC
13 TELEPHONES
14 CEILINGS
15 WALL COVERING
RESERVATIONS and BACK OFFICE
1 BUILT-IN CABINETRY / SHELVING GC I/O I GC GC
2 FLOORS
3 CEILINGS
5 LIGHTING
A DECORATIVE
46
REV. MARCH 2006

DOCS
7 TELEPHONES
8 WALL COVERING
RESERVATIONS and BACK OFFICE
2 FLOORS
3 CEILINGS
5 LIGHTING
A DECORATIVE
7 TELEPHONES
8 WALL COVERING
GENERAL CASHIER OFFICE
2 FLOORS
3 CEILINGS
4 DROP VAULT O O/A O O GC
6 LIGHTING
A DECORATIVE
8 WALL COVERING
47
REV. MARCH 2006
BUDGET DESIGN CONTRACT PURCH INSTALL

DOCS .
9 SAFE GC A A GC GC
B EQUIPMENT & WIRE GC ME ME PA GC
PBX SWITCHBOARD ROOM
1 BUILT-IN CABINETRY GC A/O/I A GC GC
2 FLOORS
3 CEILINGS
4 FURNITURE AND FILES O O O PA PA
5 LIGHTING
A FLUORESCENT GC ME/I ME GC GC
B INCANDESCENT GC ME/I ME GC GC
6 ELECTRICAL
A STANDARD GC ME ME GC GC
B BACK-UP EMERGENCY SYSTEM GC ME ME GC GC
C GROUND GC ME ME GC GC
7 WALL COVERING
MEETING / BANQUET ROOM
1 FLOORS
2 CEILINGS
3 DRAPERIES (SHUTTERS) I I I PA PA
4 FURNITURE
A LOOSE I I I PA PA
B FIXED GC I/O I GC GC
5 DOORS
A FINISH GC I A/I*** GC GC
B HARDWARE GC I/A A/I*** GC GC
6 LIGHTING
A DECORATIVE
D DIMMING GC I/L L/ME GC GC
7 ELECTRICAL GC ME/AB ME GC GC
8 MOVABLE PARTITION WALL
A WALL UNIT GC A A GC GC
B APPLIED FINISH GC I I PA GC
48
REV. MARCH 2006

DOCS
9 WALL COVERING
10 PLANTERS
B MOVABLE I I/LS I/LS PA PA
11 PLANT MATERIAL GC/LS I/LS LS GC GC
12 AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT
A FIXED GC A/AV/O A/AV GC GC
B MOVABLE O AV/O AV O PA
C EMPTY CONDUIT GC ME/AV/O ME GC GC
13 TABLES, CHAIRS, STAGING I I I PA PA
14 WALL SCONCES I I/ME I/ME PA GC
15 WALL TAPESTRY/ART I I I PA PA
A BLOCKING GC I I/A GC GC
16 DIRECTIONAL GRAPHICS & SIGNAGE O G/O/I****/A*** G PA G
FOOD & BEVERAGE (ALL LEVELS)
1 COMPUTER SYSTEM O/GC O O/ME PA O/GC
2 CEILINGS
A LAY-IN GC I A/I GC GC
B SPRAY-ON GC I A/I GC GC
C OTHER GC I A/I GC GC
3 BACK BAR UNIT GC I/K/O I/K GC GC
4 BUILT-IN CABINETRY/SHELVING GC I/K/O I/K GC GC
5 BUILT-IN COUNTER AND STOOLS GC I/K/O I/K GC GC
6 BUILT-IN SERVICE STATION GC I/K/O I/K GC GC
7 FLOORS
8 CASHIER/HOST STATION GC I/O I GC GC
9 CHANDELIERS I I/ME I/ME PA GC**
A BLOCKING & SUPPORT GC A/I A/I GC GC
10 DECORATIVE WINDOWS/DOORS GC I I GC GC
11 DIVIDERS & SHUTTERS DECORATIVE
A FIXED GC I I GC GC
B MOVABLE I I I PA PA
12 DOWN LIGHTS GC I/ME/L ME/L PA PA
13 DRAPERIES AND TRACKS I I I PA PA
A BLOCKING GC I I/A GC GC
15 PLUMBING GC ME ME GC GC
16 FRONT & BACK BAR UNITS HOOK-UP K/GC K/I K/ME GC GC
17 FURNITURE
A LOOSE I I I PA PA
B FIXED GC I I GC GC
18 GRAPHICS
A SIGNAGE I I/G/O G PA/G G
B CAMERA READY ARTWORK I/G G/O G O O
49
REV. MARCH 2006

DOCS
19 LIGHTING
A DECORATIVE I I I PA PA
a Plug-In PA I ME/A PA GC**
b Direct Connection GC I/ME ME GC GC
C INCANDESCENT GC I/L L/ME GC GC
D DIMMING SYSTEM
21 WALL COVERING
C OTHER GC I I*** GC GC
22 PICTURES, ARTIFACTS, ETC. I I I PA PA
A BLOCKING GC I/A A GC GC
23 PLANTERS
B MOVABLE I I/LS I PA PA
24 PLANT MATERIAL LS I/LS LS GC GC
25 TOP OF TABLE ITEMS O O/I O O O
26 WALL SCONCES I I/ME ME PA GC
27 WAITER STATIONS GC I/K I/K/ME GC GC
RETAIL AREAS
2 FLOORS
A CARPETING GC I I PA GC
B OTHER I I A/I*** PA GC
3 CEILINGS
4 LIGHTING
A DECORATIVE
SPA
2 FLOORS
B OTHER I I A/I*** PA GC
3 CEILINGS
4 LIGHTING
A DECORATIVE
50
REV. MARCH 2006

DOCS .
6 SPA EQUIPMENT O SPA/O I/ME GC GC
A HYDROTHERAPY EQUIPMENT O SPA/O I/ME GC GC
B EXERCISE EQUIPMENT O SPA/O I/ME O O
KITCHEN AND PANTRIES
1 CABINETRY/SHELVING K/GC K/O K GC GC
2 CEILINGS
3 COOKING VENTILATION
A EQUIPMENT K/O K/O K PA GC
B DUCT WORK AND FANS GC ME ME GC GC
C HOOK-UP GC ME/K ME GC GC
4 REFRIGERATION
A EQUIPMENT & INSTALLATION K K/O K PA K
B HOOK-UP GC ME/K ME GC GC/K
C SPECIAL BLOCK-OUT OR FOUNDATION GC A/K A GC GC
5 FABRICATED STAINLESS STEEL K K K PA GC
7 DIRECTIONAL GRAPHICS & SIGNAGE I G/O G PA/G PA
8 KITCHEN EQUIPMENT K K/O K PA GC
A FINAL HOOK-UP GC ME ME GC GC
9 LIGHTING
11 WALL COVERINGS
A PANELING GC A/I A GC GC
12 PLUMBING GC ME ME GC GC
13 FLOORS
B OTHER I I A GC GC
LANDSCAPE (EXTERIOR)
1 PLANT MATERIAL LS LS LS GC GC
2 IRRIGATION LS LS LS GC GC
3 DRAINAGE SYSTEM LS/GC LS LS GC GC
4 IRRIGATION & DRAINAGE SLEEVES GC LS LS GC GC
5 FINAL GRADING GC LS LS GC GC
6 PLANTERS
A FIXED LS/GC LS LS GC GC
B LOOSE LS LS LS PA PA
7 LIGHTING LS/GC LS/L ME GC GC
8 SWIMMING POOL GC LS LS GC GC
PARKING ROADWAYS, WALKS and
RETAINING LS/GC LS/L A/LS GC GC
PARKING, EXTERIOR GRAPHICS &

EXTERIOR BUILDING SIGNAGE GC G/A G GC GC
51
REV. MARCH 2006

DOCS .
UNIFORMS
O I****/O O PA O
EXTERIOR
1 BUILDING SIGNAGE & DIRECTIONALS GC G/A G GC GC
2 FLAGPOLS GC A A GC GC
LEGEND
A Architect L Lighting Consultant SPA Spa Consultant
AV Audio/Visual Consultant LS Landscape Consultant * Rough-In
G Graphics Consultant ME Mechanical/Electrical Engineer ** Rough-In and Final Connection
GC General Consultant O Owner/Operator *** Finish Schedule Only
I Interior Design Consultant PA Purchasing Agent **** Consultant Only
K Kitchen and Laundry Consultant SEC Security Consultant
52
REV. MARCH 2006
FAIRMONT HOTELS & RESORTS · DESIGN STANDARDS PUBLIC AREAS
B. PUBLIC AREAS
1. LOBBY AND CIRCULATION
1.1. Main Entrance and Lobby

Provide a porte cochère to protect the entrance lobby from the weather and appropriate
spaces to assist arriving and departing guests. The entrance design must leave the guests
with an excellent first and last impression.
Luggage handling activities should not interfere with the guests’ entrance and direct
access to valet parking office, bellmen’s store, service elevators, luggage storage, etc.
The entrance lobby is to be adjacent to the vehicle arrival location and connects directly
to the main lobby.
A taxi holding area and valet parking holding area adjacent to porte cochere.
Porte cochere width should be not less than 40' 0" (12.2 m) with three driveway lanes.
Clear height should be not less than 10' 0" (3.0 m) to curb line and 14' 0" (4.3 m) over
driveway.
Adequate drainage must be provided and the driveway sloped accordingly.
The sidewalk outside main entrance doors should be not less than 15' 0" (4.6 m) wide
and minimum distance between columns and curb line shall be 4' 0" (1.2 m). Elsewhere
the sidewalk should be 10' 0" (3.0 m) wide. Curb to be approximately 4" (10 cm) high
and in contrasting material to sidewalk and driveway paving so as to be clearly visible
to pedestrians. Two 3' 0" (91 cm) wide curb drops to be incorporated in curb.
In cold climates overhead radiant heating is required outside main entrance doors.
Heaters are to be controlled by a thermostat and a time clock with manual override.
Electric snow melting must be incorporated in sidewalk in climates with heavy

snowfall.
Weatherproof duplex electric outlets are required for maintenance of the area. A screw
down, recessed 3/4" (2 cm) cold water hose bib for washing down. 110V x 20 amp
weatherproof outlet (separate circuit) for high-pressure hose unit.
Landscape planters must have sufficient drains, duplex outlets and hose points are to
ensure proper plant lighting and maintenance.
Three anodised aluminium finish of a colour selected with internal halyards flagpoles
shall be provided at the porte cochere. If freestanding, they shall be not more than 40'
0" (12.2 m) high and less than 15’0” (4.6 m) high.
REV. MARCH 2006 53

Main Entrance and Lobby (continued)
In cold and windy climates, a revolving door shall be provided at the main entrance
with a pair of swing doors on either side. A vestibule shall be provided at the swing
doors. Revolving doors shall be not less than 7' 0" (2.1 m) inside diameter and 9' 0"
(2.7 m) high. If the above entrance detail cannot be provided, two sets of doors shall be
provided. Comprising two single 3' 0" (91 cm) doors and one pair of doors 6' 0" (1.8
m) wide. Each door to be 9’0” (2.7 m) high. All doors shall be provided with high
quality balanced hardware. The exterior doors should open out. All doors shall be
framed in metal finish of a colour to be selected, and shall incorporate a weatherstrip
and special decorative pulls and pushes. Doors shall be of the “narrow frame” design
and a special decorative gold leaf or etched design shall be provided on the glass.
Four stainless steel 3/8" (0.7 cm) diameter rods with 4" (10 cm) projection shall be
installed, 16” (41 cm) apart and 7’0” (2.1 m) above the finished floor, on the two
columns or walls closest to the main entrance doors for garment bags.
Swift valet access to/from the porte cochere to valet parking area, both with and
without cars, is essential.
A doorman’s station is to be discretely located close to the main entrance doors as

possible, but concealed from the guests’ direct view.
Direct access to service corridor leading to service elevators and luggage store is
essential, to prevent crossing public areas. All to serve as access to valet parking
manager’s office, bellman’s store, etc.
In resorts provide remote area, concealed from public view, for buses waiting for
groups.
The double volume main lobby establishes the image of the hotel and serves as the
main circulation space and functions as a control point. Provide seating, meeting and
greeting environment as well as reception/cashiers’ desk, concierge desk, guest safety
deposit box room, concierge storage and house and pay telephones.
The main lobby is adjacent to the main entrance, with visual access to the front desk
and elevator core. Concealed, pin hole CCTV cameras to cover front desks and main
entrance doors.
1.2. Registration and Check-out

Provide freestanding, stand-up counter for registration and checkout. This area will be
staffed 24 hours a day and serves as a control point, with the staff visually supervising
REV. MARCH 2006 54

Registration and Check-out (continued)
access to the building. Staff are to have easy access to the guest from behind the
counter, however the reverse is not to be encouraged.
The front desk should preferably be located in a separate foyer off the main lobby and
should not be the principal greeting element for arriving guests. Its location must
facilitate the view to the lobby entrance, guest elevators and concierge desk and provide
easy and direct access from the main lobby. The hotel’s front offices must be located
with direct access to the front desk.
Registration desk to have a minimum of four stations for an average 400 room Hotel.
One station to be added per 100 rooms. Each station is approximately 6’0” (1.8 m)
long.
Barrier-free house and pay telephones are to be adjacent to the front desk.
1.3. Concierge
Provide counter or desk area for guest service and information assistance with one
station per 200 guestrooms. A minimum of two stations is to be provided. Each station
is approximately 6’0” (1.8 m) long.
A concierge work and storage area (approximately 250 ft2) (23 m2) with direct access to
the concierge desk is imperative.
A typical concierge storage room is to have both open and lockable shelving (floor to
ceiling height) as well as duplex electrical outlets and telephone outlets (airline ticket
verification), fax machine and copier.
1.4. Guest Safety Deposit Box
Guest safety deposit box room adjacent to front desk. Guest entry door into safety
deposit retrieval room to be in direct sight of front desk. This door to have an electric
strike, activated from the front desk.
An assistance buzzer with retrieval room connected to the front desk.
Shall be elegantly finished to the same standard as the other public areas of the hotel
and shall contain the following functional items:
Safety deposit boxes for a typical 400-room hotel as follows:
a) 1 Bank of 60 boxes each 2 ½" high x 5" wide x 24" deep (6 x 13 x 61 cm),
b) 1 Bank of 24 boxes each 5" high x 5" wide x 24" deep (13 x 13 x 61 cm), and
c) 1 Bank of 24 boxes each 5" high x 10" wide x 24" deep (13 x 25 x 61 cm).
The boxes shall be built-in and concealed behind veneered hardwood doors. The floor
shall be designed to support the weight of these boxes.
Box “collection” counter approximately 18" (46 cm) wide and 42" (107 cm) AFFL.
REV. MARCH 2006 55

Guest Safety Box (continued)
Duplex outlet mounted 39" (99 cm) AFFL adjacent to counter.

Press button, to operate buzzer located in the front desk cashier’s area.
Electric strike for lock on guest entry door controlled from button at front desk cashier’s
area.
Closed circuit TV (CCTV) camera to cover safety deposit boxes (staff side).
1.5. Doorman’s Stand

Provide a workstation (approximately 6 ft2 - 0.5 m2) within a freestanding stand for the
doorman.
The station should be located as close to the main entrance doors as possible, but
concealed from guests’ direct view.
The station is to have a duplex electrical outlet, wall telephone and computer systems
outlets as well as a well-lit work service with lockable cupboards above and below. It
will also house a small fridge (FF & E) as well as waste bin (FF & E) and four lockable
drawers.
1.6. Parking Cashier

Payment for valet parking will be handled by the parking cashier (approximately 70 ft2 -
6.5 m2) who should be located adjacent to the hotels’ porte cochere. It should be also
been located so as to facilitate entry and exit of valet to the hotel’s parking areas, but
away from direct view of the hotel guests.
A Dutch door with the upper section of the door formed of ¼” (0.6 cm) tempered glass
with a Nissen speaker hole, a stainless steel sliding cash tray, with the lower section
solid timber.
The office will house lockable drawers and cupboards as well as telephone, duplex
electrical outlets and computer systems outlets.
An alarm button will activate a buzzer within the security office.
1.7. Luggage Room

The luggage room shall provide secure room for temporary storage of luggage,
including wall shelving, for arriving or departing guests. In resorts, provide for
additional capacity to handle sports equipment. The luggage room is also used for
bellmen’s storage.
The luggage room should be located near front desk and doorman’s stand and should
have direct access to service elevators.
REV. MARCH 2006 56

1.8. Business Centre

The business center provides working and meeting facilities for guests as well as
clerical, computer and communications support facilities. The number of additional
board rooms, meeting rooms and semi-private guest offices to be determined by the
specific program requirements.
The business center should have direct access to public circulation and be located
adjacent to hotel administration for guest convenience and efficient use of hotel staff
and facilities. In some hotels the hotel administration reception will be combined with
the business center administration.
The room should have the following features:
a) Standup reception desk with two guest chairs adjacent.
b) Provide the following features at the reception desk:
i) Duplex electrical outlets (UPS) for CRT and keyboard
ii) Computer system outlets
iii) Telephone outlets
iv) Duplex electrical outlets.
1.9. Public Washrooms

Washrooms must be designed and finished to the same quality level as the other public
areas of the hotel. It is most important that every effort is made to incorporate unique
and residential design features.
Washrooms should be conveniently located near the public areas e.g. main entrance,
meeting rooms and food and beverage outlets.
Where the public areas are on more than one floor or are very spread out, provide
washrooms on each additional floor or in each section of large floors.
Quantity of fixtures to be provided shall conform to local by-laws and building code
requirements. Provide barrier-free WC stall as per local code requirements.
All fixtures will be products as manufactured by the Kohler Company or other equal
and approved.
WC’s and urinals must be located in a separate area from vanities. Urinal privacy
dividers, fixed to floor and wall, should be 3/4" (1.9 cm) granite, 1’6” (0.5 m) wide and
4’6” (1.4 m) high.
WC compartments shall be 3' 0" wide x 5' 6" long (0.9 x 1.7 m). Partitions will be full
height drywall with a 2' 4" x 7' 0" x 1 3/4" (0.6 x 2.1m x 4.4 cm) solid core door
undercut 1" (2.5 cm). Each compartment will have its own exhaust grille. Each door
must have a “self closing” spring hinge and an occupancy indicator.
REV. MARCH 2006 57

Public Washrooms (continued)
Women’s washrooms should have an area separate from the wet areas, with dry
vanities, stools etc. for make-up.
Lighting must be excellent with downlights above each urinals, decorative ceiling
fixtures in WC rooms and general areas and wall sconces and downlights above each
lavatory basin.
A decorative mirror above each vanity. Plain sheets of mirror will not be acceptable.
A janitor’s storage closet with floor sink and mop rack adjacent to each group of
washrooms is to be provided. Provide wall mounted telephone.
Each washroom is to have a full-length mirror not less than 2' 0" x 6' 6” (0.6 x 2.0 m)
high.
Provide at least one floor drain per washroom area and a recessed hose bibb with
screwdriver stop and one waterproof duplex electrical outlet mounted 18" (46 cm) on
center AFFL immediately below the vanity.
REV. MARCH 2006 58

1.10. Functional Diagram: Lobby and Circulation
Public
Washrooms
Telephones
Front Desk
LOBBY
Concierge
Luggage
Bell Captain Valet

MAIN
ENTRANCE
REV. MARCH 2006 59

2. FOOD AND BEVERAGE
2.1. Lobby Lounge

Provide guest seating area (allow 28 ft2 - 2.6 m2 per seat) for socializing, reading and
relaxing. The lobby lounge shall be located adjacent to the main lobby and its design
coordinated accordingly.
2.2. Lobby Bar

Provide beverage service and seating area (allow 24 ft2 - 2.2 m2 per seat) for socializing
guests in a bar lounge to be located adjacent to the lobby lounge and main lobby.
Limited food service menu will be provided.
2.3. Entertainment Bar and Lounge

An entertainment lounge with beverage service and a variety of seating (allow 28 ft2 -
2.6 m2 per seat) and socializing areas for guest entertainment. Limited food service
menu shall be provided.
Waiters will pick up drinks from a separate service bar, which may be part of a guests’
stool bar.
Service stands (FF & E) shall be provided adjacent to the stool bar. The incandescent
lighting level in the service stand area is to be kept as low as practical with a local wall
box dimmer. Each service stand will require the following features:
a) Duplex electrical outlet (UPS) for point of sale and telephone
b) Point of sale cable outlet
c) Telephone
d) Duplex electrical outlets
The service bar (approximately 250 ft2 - 23.2m2 shall incorporate the following features:
a) Lock up system for back bar display
b) Adjustable display shelving for back bar
c) Telephone outlets
d) Point of sale (UPS) outlets
e) Lighting dimming control, background music volume control
f) Under-counter refrigerators
g) Glass washing equipment
h) Alcohol dispensing equipment
i) Stools, each stool requiring 24” (61 cm) of bar counter.
REV. MARCH 2006 60

Entertainment Bar & Lounge (continued)
Provide facilities for live entertainment including two 110V x 15 amp electric al outlets.
This facility shall be located and designed in such a way as to provide an effective
acoustic separation from guestrooms. It should preferably be accessed directly from the
main lobby.
110 V x 15 amp duplex electrical outlets on 40’0” (12.2 m) centers for housekeeping
purposes.
2.4. Three Meal Restaurant

A Three-Meal Restaurant facility (allow 24 ft2 - 2.2 m2 per seat) will serve breakfast,
lunch and dinner. Restaurant size and other requirements such as buffet service, display
kitchen, etc. shall be determined by the specific program requirements. Exterior views
from the dining area are desirable.
The Three-Meal Restaurant should be accessible from the main lobby and have direct
access to the main kitchen.
Typical table mix for urban hotel using a mixture of rectangular, square and round
tables:
a) 25% of 2’s (27” x 38” or 36” - 68 x 97 or 92 cm diameter)
b) Two 6’s (54” – 138 cm diameter)
c) Remainder 4’s (38” x 38” – 97 x 97 of which 25% should be
convertible to 51” – 130 cm diameter table for 6’s).
Typical table mix for resort hotel using a mixture of square and round tables:
a) 50% of 2’s (27” x 38” or 36” – 68 x 97 cm or 92 cm diameter)
b) Two 6’s (54” – 138 cm diameter)
c) Remainder 4’s (38” x 38” – 97 x 97 cm of which 50% should be
convertible to 51” - 130 cm diameter table for 6’s).
Provide vestibule with separate exit/entry doors to kitchen to minimize sound and light
transmission. Vestibule doors should operate automatically via infrared sensor. Each
vestibule should be a minimum of 4’0” (1.2 m) wide.
Service vestibule to house adjustable overhead shelving 15” (38 cm) wide with
lockable drawers below as well as duplex electrical outlets and telephone outlets (credit
card verification) and duplex electrical outlets (UPS) for computer equipment. An
opening for soiled linen bin (FF & E) is to be allowed for. Lighting is this area is to be
subdued with the overhead millwork unit having an incandescent strip light
immediately above the work surface. The color scheme selected for this area is to be
dark in nature. Volume of cabinet calculated on the basis of ½ cu. ft (0.02 m3) per seat.
REV. MARCH 2006 61

Three Meal Restaurant (continued)
Maitre d’s station is to incorporate the following features:

a) Multi-line telephone and base station for cordless telephone
b) A 110V x 15amp duplex electrical outlet
c) Recessed light fixture to illuminate writing surface
d) Sloped writing surface with drawer and cabinet with adjustable
shelves.
Service stands (FF & E) (one every 35 seats) shall be provided at locations not
immediately adjacent to a seating arrangement. The incandescent lighting level in the
service stand area is to be kept as low as practical with a local wall box dimmer. Each
service stand will require the following features:
a) Duplex electrical outlet (UPS) for point of sale and telephone
b) Point of sale cable outlet
c) Telephone
d) Duplex electrical outlets.
Coat check storage space (approximately 45 ft2 - 4.2 m2 ) adjacent the maitre d' station.
Locate room lighting dimming control, background music volume control and ceiling
fan control at a service stand and out of guests’ sight or in a control niche adjacent the
maitre d’s stand.
2.5. Specialty Restaurant

This restaurant should provide a fine dining experience for hotel guests (allow 30 ft2 –
2.8 m2 per seat). It is very important that the interior design of the room creates a rich,
warm, friendly and welcoming ambience without being formal. Main entry doors
should be of “open” design, e.g., wrought iron to be able to showcase the room when
closed.
The Specialty Restaurant should be easily accessible from the main lobby and adjacent
or linked to the main kitchen. It should be visible from the public circulation area.
Exterior views from the dining area are desirable.
Service vestibule, service stations, maitre d' station, coat check and table mix
requirements similar to Three Meal Restaurant.
Locate room lighting dimming control and background music volume in a control niche
adjacent the maitre d’s stand.
Table sizes and mix similar to Three Meal Restaurant.
REV. MARCH 2006 62

2.6. Functional Diagram: Food and Beverage
Lobby Bar
Three Meal
Restaurant
Lobby
Main LOBBY Lounge
Kitchen
Specialty
Restaurant
REV. MARCH 2006 63

3. RECREATIONAL AREAS
3.1. Health Club Reception

The reception (approximately 300 ft2 – 27.8 m2) serves as the main arrival and control
point for the recreation area. It should accommodate waiting, reception and registration
areas. Other specific needs shall be determined by the specific program requirements.
The reception area should be easily accessible by the guest. It should be adjacent to the
swimming pool in order to share staff with other recreation areas and visible from the
hotel public circulation area.
The reception desk (approximately 14’0” - 4.3 m long) will have the following:
a) Guest safety deposit boxes (allow 20)
b) Telephone outlets
c) Computer terminals, printers and duplex electrical outlets (all
UPS)
d) Duplex electrical outlets
e) Monitor for CCTV’s in cardiovascular and weight rooms
f) Buzzer for emergency button at steam and sauna rooms (with
automatic roll over to telephone operators’ room if not answered
within 30 seconds)
g) Lockable drawers and cupboards. Cupboards to have adjustable
shelving
h) Lighting level and back ground music volume controls.
3.2. Guest Lounge

In properties with larger health clubs a relaxation lounge is required. Also in some
hotels, especially resorts, a lounge is required for guests arriving before their rooms are
ready, or whose flights departures are after normal check out times.
This lounge together with the locker rooms and showers enable guests to freshen up,
change and use the hotel facilities even though their room is not available. The lounge
should also provide a quiet area for guests to read or just relax. It should be located
adjacent to the club reception area and requires the following features:
a) Telephone outlets
b) Duplex electrical outlet
c) TV with DVD/VCR
d) Central stereo system with ceiling audio speakers
REV. MARCH 2006 64

Guest Lounge (continued)

e) Local point, i.e. fireplace
f) Seating for 15-20 guests. Dresser unit for coffee/tea/juice set up
g) Magazine/newspaper display rack
h) Pantry (approximately 100 ft2- 9.3 m2) with domestic refrigerator,
coffee maker, stainless steel sink, counters and cupboards as well
as duplex electrical outlets and telephones.
3.3. Guest Luggage Storeroom

Located adjacent to reception (approximately 100 ft2 - 9.3 m2) with the following
features:
a) Heavy duty shelving 2’6” (0.8 m) wide (full length of two sides of
room) x full height of room for guests’ suitcases
b) Hanging rod 1” (2.5 cm) diameter x 6’0” (1.8 m) long for
hanging garment bags
c) Full height adjustable shelving 1’6” wide x 4’0” (0.5 x 1.2 m)
long.
3.4. Health Club General Requirements

The purpose of these areas (allow a minimum of 6,000 ft2 – 558 m2) is to provide guest
with exercise, cardiovascular, weight lifting equipment, fitness and relaxation activities.
The facility will include lockers, changing rooms, showers, toilets, steam and saunas.
The facilities should have direct access to the swimming pool activities.
Exterior views are very desirable.
3.5. Locker Rooms

Locker rooms should be designed to the highest quality in keeping with the level
attained in the hotel public areas. Wet areas should be kept separate from the dry areas
and the guest should not have to cross one to reach the other.
The locker rooms should include the following features:
a) Stand-up grooming centres with clean towel storage, bins for
used towels, under counter refrigerators and duplex electrical
outlets for hair dryers
b) Clothes rods and robe hooks, as well as open slatted shelving for
shoes
c) Full length mirrors
d) Swimsuit dryer connected to 110V x 20 amp direct connection
REV. MARCH 2006 65

Locker Room (continued)
e) Excellent lighting
f) Changing cubicles and benches
g) Half size and full size wooden lockers
h) House telephones
i) TV’s with DVD’s in relaxation areas
j) Plumbing fixtures and vanity areas to be design using the same
criteria as the guestrooms and public areas
k) Ensue adequate air changes in wet areas (negative pressure to
prevent moist air transferring to dry areas).
3.6. Massage Rooms

Massage rooms (each approximately 150 ft2 – 14 m2) are to have concealed cove
lighting with an independent dimmer switch and temperature thermostat. All walls are
to be soundproofed to achieve a rating of STC 54. Flooring to be carpet tile. The ceiling
is to have built-in audio speakers connected to a CD player (FF & E). Each massage
room will have 2’0” wide x 4’0” long (0.6 x 1.2 m) counter with sink and storage
cabinets above and below. Duplex electrical outlets and telephone outlet. Robe hooks
and towel bars.
3.7. Herbal Wrap Rooms

These rooms (each approximately 250 ft2 – 23.2 m2) are to have concealed cove lighting
with independent dimmer switch and temperature thermostat. All walls are to be
soundproofed to achieve a rating of STC 54. The ceiling is to have built-in audio
speakers connected to a CD player (FF & E). Flooring to be stone. The room is also to
have a 2’0” wide x 4’0” long (0.6 x 1.2 m) counter with sink and storage cabinets above
and below. Duplex electrical outlets and telephone outlet. Robe hooks and towel bars.
In addition, a storage/preparation room (approximately 150 ft2 – 13.9 m2) is required
with the following features:
a) 2’0” wide x 6’0” long (0.6 x 1.8 m) counter with stainless steel
double bowled sink and storage cabinets above and below
b) Storage shelving
c) Ice machine
d) Hydro collator
e) Three-tier trolley
f) Additional exhaust as required for herb cooker.
REV. MARCH 2006 66

3.8. Wet Treatment Rooms
The interior walls and floor of the wet treatment rooms (approximately 150 ft2 – 14 m2)
should be finished with stone. Concealed cove lighting with independent dimmer switch
and temperature thermostat. All walls are to be soundproofed to achieve a rating of STC
54. The room is also to have a 2’0” wide x 4’0” (0.6 x 1.2m) long counter with sink and
storage cabinets above and below. Duplex electrical outlets and telephone outlet. Robe
hooks and towel bars.
In addition the rooms are to have the following features:
a) Vichy shower and table

b) 4” (10 cm) Diameter stainless steel floor drain
c) Shower cubicle (as per guestroom shower requirements).
3.9. Sauna Room

The interior of the sauna (approximately 120 ft2 – 11.1m2) should be finished
throughout in selected cedar, including the floor with three tiers of seating, each 2’0”
(0.6 m) wide. The double glazed entry door with a wooden handle both sides, is to open
out. Adjacent to the outside of the entry door will be the temperature control (set to a
maximum of 180 F – 82 C), rob hooks and the emergency buzzer (connected to the
reception desk).
3.10. Steam Room

The walls and ceiling (sloped) of the steam room (approximately 120 ft2 – 11.1 m2) is to
be constructed in sand and cement plaster and finished with ceramic tiles. The floor and
seating areas are to have non-slip stone finish. A tempered glass entry door with
wooden handle both sides, is to open out. Adjacent to the outside of the entry door will
be the temperature control, rob hooks and the emergency buzzer (connected to the
reception desk). The floor is to incorporate a floor drain and the steam source requires
access for regular maintenance.
3.11. Janitor’s Closet

A janitor’s closet (approximately 120 ft2 – 11.1 m2) will have the following features:
a) Floor sink with hot and cold service sink faucet, with ceramic tile
surround
b) Adjustable shelving 16” wide by 4’0” (04. x 1.2 m) (minimum of
four shelves)
c) Mop rack
d) Vinyl floor and vinyl baseboard
e) Wall mounted telephone.
REV. MARCH 2006 67

3.12. Swimming Pools and Whirlpool

Provide swimming pools and whirlpool facilities in relation to specific program
requirements (consideration for outdoor pools to be determined in relation to project
location/climate). The water purification system should be a chlorine automatic feed
system with modular cartridge filters. It is essential that any vibration arising from the
swimming pools and whirlpool mechanical equipment be not transmitted to the building
structure.
Combination of lap pool, wadding pool and whirlpool to be considered in relation to
specific program requirements.
Water surface to be (approximately 1,500 ft2 – 140 m2) (Resort 10,000 ft2 – 930 m2)
minimum or as required by the specific program requirements. Maximum pool depth to
be 4’6” (1.4 m). The water temperature to be regulated to a maximum of 80F (27C).
A separate pool area (Resorts) should be provided for children (approximately 800 ft2 –
74 m2 ) with water level from 2’ 0” (0.6 m) to maximum of 3’ 0” (0.9 m) deep. The
pool should incorporate an area for small children where the water is from 0’ 0” to 1’ 0”
(0 to 0.3 m) deep. Locate children’s pool remote from main pool(s) to minimise
disturbance of adult guests.
Access must avoid circulation through the main lobby. The facilities must be adjacent to
the spa/health club to share staff and locker facilities. Proximity to the guestroom
elevator core is required. Access to sunny location and exterior view is important.
Water Depths:
At shallow end 3’ 0” (0.9 m)
At main drain (1/3 of pool length from deep end) 4’6” (1.4 m)
At deep end 4’ 0” (1.2 m)
Whirlpool 2’ 10” (0.8 m)
Plunge Pool 4’ 0” (1.2 m)
The whirlpool (approximately 250 ft2 – 23.2 m2) should be exceptionally large and
unusual in shape, preferably not circular. It will generally be recessed in the pool deck
although the surrounding wall may be up to 2’ 0” (0.6 m) high, i.e., whirlpool recessed
1’ 6” (0.5 m) into pool deck. The wall should be wide enough to permit comfortable
seating on top. Maximum depth should be 3’6” (1.1m).
The water temperature to be regulated to a maximum of 105F (40C).
An additional 50% extra aerator outlets shall be installed in the whirlpool in addition to
minimum quantity recommended by whirlpool equipment suppliers to provide a really
lavish aeration system. These outlets should be mounted 6” and 12” (15 x 30 cm)
above the seat. Whirlpool aeration control shall be by means of a 15-minute time switch
located near the whirlpool at 5’ 0” (1.5 m) to centre line above finished floor level.
REV. MARCH 2006 68

Swimming Pools and Whirlpool (continued)
Where the switch may not be located near the whirlpool due to local code requirements,
it shall be located outside the pool attendant’s office in a clearly visible position.
Underwater lights to be provided at least equal to local code requirements and not less
than two fixtures in the swimming pool and one in each plunge pool. No underwater
light is required in the bottom of the whirlpool. Dry niche underwater lights are
preferred.
The plunge pool (approximately 130 ft2 – 12 m2) should have the water temperature to
be regulated to a maximum of 80F (27C)
Swimming pool, whirlpool and plunge pool to be finished with non-slip ceramic tiles.
Depth markings indicating 3’0” , 4’0” and 4’6” (0.9m, 1.2 m and 1.4 m) are to be
located on the pool deck and pool sides adjacent to pool edge on both long sides of
pool.
Lane and turn markings shall be in tile and in accordance with international standards.
Minimum depth of water in swimming lanes is 3’ 6” (1.1 m).
All built-in accessories to be stainless steel. Access ladder required at each end of
swimming pool and plunge pool and handrails to whirlpool. Provide removable
handicapped lift to pool.
Vacuum cleaning system accessories connected to pool water circulation system and a
water testing kit.
Life grab hook with pole, life rings and wall mounting supports are to be provided in
accordance with the current NFPA codes.
All indoor pools shall be heated and air conditioned as required by local climate to
maintain an air temperature of 80F (27C). All pools shall be de-humidified to minimize
damage from condensation.
Wall mounted emergency telephone and wall mounted house phone.
The wall surrounding the swimming pool area in indoor pools must be carried up to the
structure and sealed to prevent migration of chlorine odors and moisture to adjacent
areas.
The pool deck area design and paving finish are very important in resorts. Adequate
space must be provided for chaise lounges and these areas must be arranged in a way
that creates a sense of privacy for groups of chaises. Landscaping and changes in level
are an excellent way of achieving this result. Locate some chaise lounges on grassed
areas. 50% of pool deck area should be shaded – cabanas, trellis, umbrellas, landscaping
Specific design requirements are as follows:
a) Needs approximately one chaise for each guestroom plus 50%
more for peak season
REV. MARCH 2006 69

Swimming Pools and Whirlpool (continued)
b) Chaises arranged in groups of two with small table between

c) Sufficient cabanas should be provided for 25% of chaises.
There should be a minimum of one service cabana and it should contain a 6’ 0” x 8’ 0”
x 2’ 0” (1.8 x 2.4 x 0.6 m) L-shaped storage counter (provided by the General
Contractor) and finished with a material to withstand weather, with sufficient storage
shelving with lockable hinged doors for one day’s towel par – two towels per chaise x
two changes per day, i.e., total of four per chaise per day. (200 Towels = approx. 5’ 0”
x 5’ 0” x 2’ 0” – 1.5 x 1.5 x 0.6 m) and two lockable drawers, 4” (10 cm) deep. Also,
two telephone outlets and computer system outlet, as well as space for dirty towel cart
(40” l x 29” w x 39” h – 102 x 74 x 99 cm), garbage pail, cold water dispenser and ice
chest.
All service cabanas must have good access route to and from service cabanas for towel
delivery and collection. Provide shower and footpath at location of entry to pool deck
from beach area and at all pathways leading from beach.
For maintenance purposes provide a ¾” (1.9 cm) hose bibb at 150 ft (45 m) centers for
washing deck together with a waterproof duplex outlet.
Provide weatherproof speakers with volume control at pool bar.
Proper windbreaks – glass screens, landscaping, berms – must be provided to shelter
deck. Wind also dictates care when sighting waterfalls, fountains, etc.
3.13. Outdoor Recreational Facilities

Facilities may include, but are not limited to the following:
Tennis courts:
a) All courts shall be lighted using the latest non-glare lighting
fixtures
b) Plastic coated metal fence 10’0” high with 4’0” wide (3.0 x 1.2 m)
access gate to surround each court. Where two courts are side by
side, fencing between courts should be removable for possible
tournament seating
c) Allow for a covered seating at side of courts
d) Duplex electrical outlet at each end of court for ball machine
e) Hose bibb for washdown and court maintenance
f) Waiting area with duplex electrical outlets for small fridge
(FF&E), washrooms, telephones and storeroom (approximately
100 ft2 – 9.3 m2)
REV. MARCH 2006 70

Outdoor Facilities (continued)
g) Lockable shelving (clean towels) and receptacle for used towels

h) Tennis pro shop (approximately 400 ft2 – 37 m2) with retail area,
office, workroom for restringing, etc. and storeroom. Clear view of
tennis courts is essential.
Some resorts may have half court size volleyball/basketball court. These are to have
similar amenities as for tennis courts i.e. lighting, washrooms, etc.
Resort beach activities should have access at one central point. The beach services
pavilion and showers should be located at this point. The access route should be clearly
separate from the pool area and pool bar, so that beach traffic does not compromise
these areas. Service access to the beach for maintenance equipment, supplies, etc.
should be completely separate from the guest access.
A beach pavilion adjacent to the main access route from the hotel to the beach with a
good view of the entire beach area
The pavilion should have storage space for water sport activities, lockable drawers and
cupboards for beach related items (suntan lotion, glasses, etc) as well as telephone
outlets and duplex electrical outlets (some UPS), computer systems outlets,
undercounter refrigerators (FF & E) for cold water and facial towels and clean towel
storage (allow 12 ft2 – 1.1 m2 per 100 beach chairs) and used towel carts
(approximately 3’0” x 3’0” – 0.9 x 0.9 m)
Storage (approximately 200 ft2 – 18.6 m2) area adjacent the pavilion for beach chairs
and beach sport related equipment
Service cabanas, one per 1,000 ft (305 m) of beach).
3.14. Indoor Recreational Facilities

Facilities may include:
a) Billiard/Pool room
b) Table Tennis room
c) Racquet/Squash courts
Locate facilities near the recreation area to share staff and control point.
A high noise factor generated by these games and their participants should be taken into
account when locating these facilities.
REV. MARCH 2006 71

3.15. Arcade & Computer Games
Facilities may include:

a) Game/Arcade room
b) Computer game room
Locate facilities near the reception area to share staff and control point.
A high noise factor generated by these games and their participants should be taken into
account when locating these facilities.
REV. MARCH 2006 72

4. RETAIL
4.1. Retail Shops

The design of these units, their lighting and the stores in general must reflect the same
quality level as the other public areas of the hotel. The retail shops are another area
where the hotel can set itself ahead of the competition and the same quality level, as the
premiere “designer” stores is essential.
The use of display windows and vitrines should be maximised complete with special
display lighting. Provide only one entry/exit per store.
A combination of built-in and freestanding display units are required.
Locate the following features in an area that has clear view of all parts of the store, but
away from the main entrance:
a) Adequate counter space for wrapping
b) Jewellery display area incorporating glass top
c) Concealed lighting
d) Display shelves on full extension glides
e) Down lighting at cash register and counter
f) Power for jewellery display lighting
g) Duplex (UPS) outlet
h) Computer cable connection
i) Two telephone outlets
j) Duplex electrical outlets.
A changing area (approximately 15 ft2 – 1.4 m2) is required in each clothing store.
Brightly light, full-length mirror, small bench, two robe hooks and small hook for
shoehorn.
Storage drawers should be on full extension, heavy duty glides with proper pull
hardware commensurate with weight and size of drawer.
Typically glass shelving is better than solid shelving as it has a brighter look and gives a
more open display. Solid, sloping shelving however, is fine for newspapers and
magazines.
All shelving should be adjustable with continuous, recessed support track for full height
of display units.
REV. MARCH 2006 73

Retail Shops (continued)
Provide storeroom and manager’s work area (approximately 150 ft2 – 13.9 m2 or 15%
of store areas) whichever is the larger. Storage will need to be higher in remote
locations to a maximum of 20%. Storeroom should have direct access from service
corridor as well as direct access to retail shop. Provide adjustable shelving throughout -
storage provided at the bottom of display units should be in drawers on full extension
guides, not on shelves behind doors.
Store Manager’s work area requires the following features:
a) Duplex electrical outlets (UPS)

b) Computer cable connection
c) Telephone outlet
d) Duplex electrical outlets.
General down-lighting as well as display, accent and decorative lighting; all on

dimmers located in manager’s work area.
General-purpose duplex electrical outlets for store displays and housekeeping.
Background music with control in manager’s work area.
4.2. Beauty Salon

The salon (approximately 500 ft2 – 46.5 m2) will provide full beauty services including
hairdressing, manicure, pedicure and private facial rooms. It will include its own
manager’s office and storage room. The entire salon will be built out by the tenant,
although the General Contractor will provide floor drains and “rough-ins” for all
services.
Easy and direct access from the main circulation or as an integral part of the spa and
health club.
REV. MARCH 2006 74

5. BALLROOMS AND MEETING ROOMS
5.1. General Requirements

Ballrooms are to be designed to suit the requirements of the incentive group market.
These groups use the rooms for major promotions as well as normal dinner and social
functions.
The Ballroom/meeting area foyer must relate directly with the main entry lobby by the
public corridor. The requirements will be similar to those expressed under the main
entry lobby section of these Design Standards.
The circulation area serves as the main arrival and control point and it should
accommodate business center, meeting coordinator, coat checkroom, phone and public
washroom facilities.
The lobby circulation links the pre-function area to the facility's main entrance and to
the hotel's public circulation. The coat-check room, guests’ washrooms and telephones
should be adjacent to it.
Entrance to have direct access to guestroom service (luggage) elevators.
All exposed grilles, diffusers, sprinkler escutcheons, speakers, etc shall be factory
painted to match adjacent surface.
Ductwork behind grilles and diffusers to be painted matt black.
Where high temperature producing equipment is located beneath, above or adjacent to
public areas, a special insulating wall or ceiling is to be provided to prevent heat
transmission to these areas.
Where very noisy and/or vibrating equipment is located beneath, above or adjacent
public areas, a special isolating wall or ceiling is to be provided. This wall or ceiling is
in addition to providing antivibration mountings for individual pieces of equipment.
All walls to have a sound rating of not less than 54 dB (FSTC 54).
5.2. Ballroom Pre-function Space

Pre-function space (approximately 40% of net ballroom area) should accommodate
group reception and registration area and provide assembly space for ballrooms and
meeting rooms at beginning, intermission and post function activities and be private and
separate from the hotel general circulation areas.
Portable group registration desks (FF & E) shall have the following voice/data
provisions should be concealed in the wall behind a baseboard access panel at each desk
location:
a) Duplex electrical outlets (UPS) for computer system (CRT,
keyboard and printer)
REV. MARCH 2006 75

Ballroom Pre-function Space (continued)
b) Computer cable outlets (computer and printer)

c) Duplex electrical outlets.
Multi-line telephone outlets for credit card verifier, located as follows:
a) Main ballroom foyer - 4 desks (2 in each subdivision)
b) Junior ballroom foyer - 2 desks (2 in each subdivision)
c) Ballroom courtyard - 2 desks (2 in each subdivision).
A (temporary) service bar at one end with direct access to the service corridor.
Exterior views from the pre-function space are desirable in urban hotels and essential in
resorts.
5.3. Ballroom Foyer Requirements

Each ballroom foyer, or where divisible into halves, each ballroom foyer subdivision
must be able to function independently i.e. there must be provision for each to locally
control the following features:
a) Background music control (local control)
b) Sound reproduction through background music speakers in lieu of
background music (local control)
c) Lighting dimming (local control)
d) Supply and exhaust air system (local thermostat)
e) Electrical services as shown on Fairmont Hotels and Resorts
Standard Details
f) Group registration requirements as shown on Fairmont Hotels and
Resorts Standard Details.
5.4. Main Ballroom Requirements

Ballrooms are to be designed to suit the requirements of the incentive group market,
which typically uses these rooms for major promotions as well as normal dinner and
social functions.
The banquet seating capacity (approximately 10 ft2 – 0.9 m2/guest) will be affected by
size and efficiency of configuration and is to be verified against an actual table and
seating layout to ensure that the capacity required in specific program requirements is
achieved.
The main ballroom will be adjacent to the pre-function space and linked on the rear to
the service corridor and main kitchen.
REV. MARCH 2006 76

Main Ballroom Requirements (continued)
Provide windows where possible, yet room must be capable of complete black out.
Minimum clear height of 18' 0" ( 5.5 m)under chandeliers and lowest ceiling level.
All walls, including movable partition walls to have a sound rating of not less than 54
dB (FSTC 54).
Clear automobile access route must be provided to the ballroom together with an 8' 0"
(2.4 m) wide pair of entry doors or removable panel.
Ceiling design must incorporate anchor/suspension points for scenery etc. and power
outlets/suspension bars for special lighting. Align pot lights with structural beams or
special support beams - with the removal of the light can, the beam can be used to
support a lighting truss, scenery anchors etc.
A motorised projection screen is required at each end of the ballroom. The screen
(approximately 14' 0" wide x 14' 0" high – 4.3 x 4.3 m)and the retaining box shall be
mounted above the ceiling so that the screen is completely concealed when not in use.
The switch operating the screen will be mounted on the wall in the adjacent control
niche. The screen shall be without borders and with matt white reflective surface.
Main ballroom to be sub-divisible into halves (double layer of partitioning) and thirds
(single layer of partitioning).
Each ballroom subdivision must be able to function independently i.e. there must be
provision for each to locally control:
a) Background music volume and on/off
b) Sound reproduction through background music speakers in lieu of
background music
c) Head table and runway lighting
d) General lighting dimming
e) Remote control of lighting should also be available to enable light
levels to be controlled by an audio-visual operator running a slide
show.
Each ballroom subdivision must incorporate:
a) Supply air system with local control thermostat
b) Exhaust air system
c) Baseboard electrical requirements as shown on Fairmont Hotels
and Resorts Standard Details.
REV. MARCH 2006 77

Main Ballroom Requirements (continued)
d) One light fixture circuit, three way switched from the main
entrance door and the service door
e) Two pairs of entrance and two pairs of service doors (6' 6" – 2 m
wide overall). One pair of service doors to open into ballroom.
Ballrooms of approximately 7,000 ft2 – (650 m2) and larger will include two 200-amp x
208V 3-phase breaker panels in the service corridor behind each ballroom subdivision,
i.e., a total of 6 outlets. Acoustically rated conduit for connection between inside of
ballroom and service corridor below each panel is to be provided.
a) The service corridor behind the ballrooms to be painted a dark

color and should have at least the following width:
i) 4,000 to 7,000 ft2 (372 to 650 m2 ) ballroom,
allow 12' 0" (3.7 m) wide
ii) 7,000 to 10,000 ft2 (650 to 929 m2) ballroom,
allow 15' 0" (4.6 m) wide
iii) 10,000 to 15,000 ft2 (929 to 1,394 m2) ballroom,
allow 18' 0" (5.5 m) wide.
5.5. Junior Ballroom

Fairmont Hotels & Resorts Design Standards for the main ballroom apply equal to the
junior ballroom.
The junior ballroom (approximately 50% of main ballroom) will provide function
spaces for intermediate sized groups. It shall accommodate multi-purposes uses and
may be divisible in half (single layer of partitioning) and is to have rear access from the
service corridor and main kitchen.
Minimum ceiling height shall be 18’0” (5.5 m) clear to underside of chandelier.
Provide windows where possible.
5.6. Meeting Rooms

Provide meeting rooms (approximately 15 ft2 – 1.4 m2/person) for smaller groups
located adjacent to the pre-function areas. Consider a wider corridor in front of the
meeting rooms as the pre-function space. Windows in meeting rooms are desirable in
urban hotels. They are essential in a majority of meeting rooms for resort hotels.
All of the meeting rooms are to have direct back-of-the-house service.
Minimum clear height of 12’ 0” ( 3.7 m) under chandeliers and lowest ceiling level.
REV. MARCH 2006 78

Meeting Rooms (continued)
Marker boards are to be provided by and built in by the general contractor. The marker
boards are to be white porcelain surfaced steel for use with magnets and markers,
complete with full length and anodized aluminum pen marker ledge. Include two
complete sets of magnets for each board.
Cork boards, where specified for bulletin boards, orientation units etc., are to be
supplied and installed by the general contractor. They are to be 1/4" (0.6 cm) thick in
widths as wide as possible with colours selected by the interior designer.
Projection screens are to be provided and installed by the general contractor. The size is
to be specified by the Interior Designer together with the Audiovisual Consultant. The
matt white screens are to have patented automatic tensionizer, be electrically operated
with self-storing housing in a recess within the ceiling.
5.7. Meeting Planners Room

Incentive group organizers or their clients typically send a Meeting Planner with each
group to manage the group’s day-to-day activities and coordinate with the hotel where
requirements change or additional facilities are required. These coordinators require a
private area in which to work. Each hotel may have a number of groups at one time and
therefore, two group planners offices shall be provided in each property. They should
both be adjacent to the main meeting areas but separate from each other.
Design requirements are as follows features:
a) Office (approximately 150 ft2 – 13.9 m2) with four duplex outlets
and three telephone outlets (one for fax machine and one for lap
top adjacent to a duplex outlet)
b) Storeroom (approximately 50 ft2 – 4.6 m2) entered directly off the
office. Storeroom to have five 18" (46 cm) wide adjustable
shelves for full length of two walls.
5.8. Boardrooms
Boardrooms (approximately 300 ft2 – 27.9 m2) shall provide function spaces for
executive meetings. They shall have upgraded interior finishes.
The functional relationship is similar to meeting rooms and Fairmont Hotels and
Resorts Design Standards apply equally.
Provide windows where possible.
REV. MARCH 2006 79

5.9. Conference Facility Storage

Furniture and equipment storage (approximately 20% of net meeting area excluding
foyers) for the ballrooms and meeting facilities is separate from the main hotel storage
room.
REV. MARCH 2006 80

5.10. Functional Diagram: Conference Facilities
Conference Banquet
Centre Storage Kitchen
Main Junior Meeting Rooms

Ballroom Ballroom and
Boardrooms
Pre-Function Pre-Function Pre-Function
Public Circulation
Meeting
Coordination
Office Public
Washrooms
Public
Phones
Business
Conference Centre
Centre Coat Check
Lobby
Room
Conference
Centre
Entrance
Lobby
REV. MARCH 2006 81

5.11. Public Areas Standards Details

Page
TYPICAL DOORMAN’S BUILT-IN-STATION 83
TYPICAL REGISTRATION DESK 84
TYPICAL REGISTRATION DESK –SECTION A 85
TYPICAL REGISTRATION DESK –SECTION B 86
TYPICAL REGISTRATION DESK –SECTION C 87
TYPICAL CONCIERGE DESK 88
TYPICAL CONCIERGE DESK – SECTION A 89
TYPICAL CONCIERGE DESK – SECTION B 90
TYPICAL CONCIERGE DESK – SECTION C 91
TYPICAL CONCIERGE DESK – SECTION D 92
TYPICAL GUEST SAFETY DEPOSIT BOX ROOM 93
TYPICAL GUEST SAFETY-DEPOSIT BOXES 94
TYPICAL CONCIERGE WORK/STORAGE ROOM LAYOUT 95
TYPICAL CONCIERGE WORK/STORAGE ROOM ELEVATIONS 96
TYPICAL HEALTH CLUB RECEPTION DESK 97
TYPICAL MASSAGE ROOM 98
TYPICAL HEALTH CLUB SHOWER ENCLOSURE LAYOUT 99
TYPICAL POOL SERVICE CABANA 100
TYPICAL MEETING ROOM AND BALLROOM
AUDIO VISUAL & ELECTRICAL LEGEND 101
TYPICAL MEETING ROOM AND BALLROOM AUDIO VISUAL
AND ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS AND COMPONENTS 102
TYPICAL MEETING ROOM ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 103
TYPICAL BALLROOM ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 104
LAYOUT FOR BALLROOM PRE-FUNCTION 105
TYPICAL MEETING ROOM & BALLROOM CONTROL NICHE 106
TYPICAL MEETING ROOM, BALLROOM & PREFUNCTION
BASEBOARD ACCESS PANEL 107
TYPICAL MEETING ROOM ORIENTATION UNIT 108
REV. MARCH 2006 82

REV. MARCH 2006 83

REV. MARCH 2006 84

REV. MARCH 2006 85

REV. MARCH 2006 86

REV. MARCH 2006 87

REV. MARCH 2006 88

REV. MARCH 2006 89

REV. MARCH 2006 90

REV. MARCH 2006 91

REV. MARCH 2006 92

REV. MARCH 2006 93

REV. MARCH 2006 94

REV. MARCH 2006 95

REV. MARCH 2006 96

REV. MARCH 2006 97

REV. MARCH 2006 98

REV. MARCH 2006 99

REV. MARCH 2006 100

REV. MARCH 2006 101

REV. MARCH 2006 102

REV. MARCH 2006 103

REV. MARCH 2006 104

REV. MARCH 2006 105

REV. MARCH 2006 106

REV. MARCH 2006 107

REV. MARCH 2006 108

FAIRMONT HOTELS & RESORTS · DESIGN STANDARDS GUESTROOM AREAS
C. GUESTROOM AREAS
1. CORRIDORS AND CIRCULATION

Provide a circulation corridor for guests and housekeeping at every Guestroom levels
including the Entrée Gold level. Provide a lobby area in front of the passenger elevators.
Doors to service areas to be recessed to prevent obstruction of guest traffic flow. All
service to open from service area into guest corridor. These doors are to be finished to
match guestroom entrance doors.
Twistlock electrical receptacles at 40’0” (12.2 m) centers for maintenance at 12”
(30 cm) AFFL.
Duplex electrical outlets at 22” (56 cm) on center line AFFL at each furniture
arrangement for desk lighting.
All exposed grilles, diffusers, sprinkler escutcheons, speakers, etc shall be factory
painted to match adjacent surface.
Ductwork behind grilles and diffusers to be painted matt black.
Where very noisy and/or vibrating equipment is located above or below guestrooms, a
special isolating ceiling shall be provided. This ceiling is in addition to providing anti-
vibration mountings for individual pieces of equipment.
Transparent ½” x ½” (1.3 x 1.3 cm) corner guards shall be applied to all exposed
exterior angles.
Corridor: Minimum width of 6’0” (1.8 m).
Provide a setback of 1’0” (0.30 m) at guestroom entry doors.
Bulkhead: Minimum height of 8’0” (2.54 m)
Length of corridor and dead-end condition: As per the governing bylaws.
1.2. Elevator Lobby

Elevator Lobby dimensions:
a) Minimum width of 10' 0" (3.1 m) for single loaded elevator lobby
b) Minimum width of 12' 0" (3.7 m) for double loaded elevator
lobby
Ceiling Height: Minimum height of 9’ 0” (2.7 m) to under slab, with coves or
articulated ceiling in elevator lobbies
The elevator lobby should be central to guestrooms served.
Provide exterior views where possible from the elevator lobby.
REV. MARCH 2006 109

Elevator Lobby (continued)
Provide ceiling coves and chandeliers together with marble trim around elevator
entrances and painted or etched design on elevator doors.
Duplex electrical outlet and telephone outlet at furniture arrangement mounted 22” (56
cm) AFFL.
1.3. Guestroom Support

Provide space for guestroom support facilities and guests convenience, including:
a) Self-service, water-cooled “Manitowoc QPA- 310” (or other equal
and approved) ice dispensing machine in enclosed room. A solid
core door is to be provided at the entrance to the room, together
with full height millwork panels, hinged on the walls, mounted
flush with the front face and installed on either side of the
centrally located ice cube dispensing machine. Vinyl floor
covering below and up to 2’0” (0.6 m) in front of the ice-
dispensing machine, with the remainder of the area carpeted.
Acoustic ceiling tiles on the entire wall and ceiling surface around
unit to absorb equipment generated noise. The remainder of the
room is to have drywall ceiling. All necessary services are to be
provided to operate the ice dispensing machine together with ½”
(1.3 cm) indirect copper drain lines from ½” (1.3 cm) F.P.T. sump
drain and ½” (1.3 cm) F.P.T. melting tray drain and terminate at
combination funnel floor drain. The room is to have a ceiling
exhaust grille as a louvered door is unacceptable
b) Housekeeping, linen and mini bar storage with the following
features:
Minimum 8' 0" (2.5 m) clear in front of elevators for ease of access
Lockable maids’ room with 18" (46 cm) wide shelving for consumables and 10' (3 m)
of shelving required per 20 bedrooms. As well as a linen storage and control cabinet.
Each half of the cabinet should contain enough linen for all rooms and the volume of
each half should be calculated on the basis of 3 cu. Ft. (0.09 m3) per room. Cabinets to
be lockable and all guestrooms floor cabinets to be keyed alike
REV. MARCH 2006 110

Guestroom support (continued)
Storage space for maids’ housekeeping appliances. Allow approx. 5 ft2 (0.5 m2) per
thirteen bedrooms and 5 ft2 (0.5m2) of storage space for spare chairs etc. Hanging rod
2’ 0” long (0.6 m) at 5' 6" (1.7 m) AFFL to hang spare bathrobes as well as three 6" (60
cm) long straight “hooks” to hang spare coat hangers
A 24" (76 cm) square lockable access door to 30" diameter linen chute
A 2' 0" wide x 1' 6" deep x high 6' 0" (0.6 x 0.5 x 1.8 m) lockable storage cabinet with
six adjustable shelves for personal bar supplies
All shelving to be plastic laminate faced
Two timber rubbing rails, one at the base and one 2’0” (0.6 m) on centerline AFFL and
corner guard treatment to all walls in service elevator foyer
Where service elevator foyers have exterior windows, lighting shall be incandescent and
the windows shall have fixed drapery panels to blend with the adjacent guestroom
windows
Service sink with ceramic tile surround to 4' 0" (1.2 m) AFFL. Tiles to project one
course beyond sides of sink. Mop rack mounted at 5’0” (1.5 m) AFFL over sink
Exhaust air grille in both service elevator foyer and maids’ room. Supply air grilles or
ceiling transfer duct from corridor as required by climate
Duplex outlets for housekeeping
A wall mounted house telephone
Electrical panels, dimmer equipment, switchgear etc. located in a service area must
have locked access panels to controls. This equipment must not be located in the
maids’ room.
c) Guest laundry (required for resort location only) room

containing side by side washer and dryer with shelves above and
4 ft. (1.2 m) long adjacent counter 2’0” (0.6 m) wide with
stainless steel sink and cabinets below.
REV. MARCH 2006 111

Guestroom support (continued)
d) Staff powder room. Allow a staff powder room in each

housekeeping area together with a full length mirror 2' 0" x 6' 0"
(0.6 x 1.8 m)
e) Janitor’s closet (approximately 40 ft2 – 3.7 m2 with floor sink

and mop rack adjacent to housekeeping area.
1.4. Location
All guestroom support areas are to be visually and acoustically remote from the
guestroom corridors. Ice dispensing, vending machines and guests laundry spaces to be
located near the elevator core in a separate room adjacent to the guestroom corridor.
The housekeeping storage should be part of the service elevator core. Provide access to
mechanical, electrical and communications service rooms located on each floor.
REV. MARCH 2006 112

2. STANDARD GUESTROOMS

The standard guestroom provides working, relaxing and sleeping areas in the comfort of
a one-module unit. Typically the percentage of standard guestrooms is approximately
85% of total guestrooms keys, however amount may vary depending on market
requirements.
Orientation and planning of guestroom wings as to provide desirable views. Connecting
doors will typically be required on the following basis: (i) Urban hotels 15% to 20% of
rooms depending on anticipated group and weekend business and (ii) Resorts 25% to
30% of rooms. Room connections should be approximately 90% king to double/double
and 10% king to king, but it will vary depending on hotel location and total room mix.
Walls between guestrooms, public corridors, elevator shafts and back-of-house areas to
have a sound rating of not less than 54 dB (FSTC 54).
2.2. Guestroom Areas

a) One module/1 key
b) Minimum net area of 442 ft2 – 41 m2 for a king room, 471 ft2 – 44
m2 for a double/double room. (Areas include interior bathroom
and closet partitions)
c) Dimensions are measured from interior face of exterior wall and
common walls w/corridor and adjacent guestrooms)
d) Minimum internal dimensions:
i) King rooms: 14’6 Wide x 30’ 6” Long (4.4 x 9.3 m)
(Resort 14’6” x 32’6” – 4.4 x 9.9 m)
ii) Double/double rooms: 14’6 Wide x 32’6” Long (4.4 m
x 9.9 m) (Resort 14’6” x 34’6” – 4.4 x 10.5 m).
2.3. Bedroom Area
a) Minimum internal area:
i) King rooms: 261 ft2 (24 m2) (Resort 290 ft2 – 27 m2)
ii) Double/double: 292 ft2 (27 m2) (Resort 319 ft2 – 30 m2).
b) Minimum internal dimensions:
i) King rooms: 14’6’’ Wide x 18’0’’ Long (4.4 m x 5.5 m)
(Resort 14’6” x 20’0” – 4.4 m x 6.1 m))
ii) Double/double rooms: 14’6’’ Wide x 20’0’’ Long
(4.4 x 6.1 m) (Resort 14’6” x 22’0” – 4.4 x 6.7 m).
REV. MARCH 2006 113

2.4. Bathroom Area

a) Minimum of 103 ft2 (9.6 m2)
b) Minimum internal dimensions: 8' 6” Wide x 12' 2” Long
(2.6 x 3.7 m)
2.5. Clear Ceiling heights

a) Bedroom: Minimum 9’ 0’’ (2.7 m)
b) Entrance Vestibule: Minimum 7’ 8’’ (2.3 m)
c) Bathroom: Minimum 7’ 8’’ (2.3 m).
2.6. Entry Door

a) A solid core flush main entry door with mouldings, size 1 ¾” thick
x 3’0” wide x 7’0” high (4.4 cm x 0.9 m x 2.1 m)
b) A Time Lox 2300 cardkey unit complete with selected handle and
turning inside knob or lever type which will withdraw both latch
and deadbolt
c) Delayed action door closer
d) Hardware as specified in Appendix 2
e) Stone threshold
f) Undercut door ¼” (0.6 cm) above threshold.
2.7. Bathroom Doors

a) Guestroom bathroom doors to be a pair of flush solid core doors 1
3/8” thick x 2’0” wide x 7’0” high (3.7 cm x 0.6 m x 2.1 m),
undercut 1” above floor finish with full height bevelled edges
mirror set in applied mouldings, to bathroom side of each door and
applied mouldings on the other side
b) Hardware as specified in Appendix 2
2.8. Connecting Doors

a) Guestroom connecting doors (each door) to be solid core door with
applied mouldings on bedroom side, 1 3/8” thick x 2’6” wide x
7’0” (3.7 cm x 0.8 m x 2.1 m) high with a FSTC rating of 39
b) Hardware as specified in Appendix 2
REV. MARCH 2006 114

Connection Doors (continued)
c) Stone threshold
d) Undercut door ¼” (0.6 cm) above threshold.
2.9. Closets
a) A minimum length of 5’0” (1.5 m) of hanging rod (Resort hotels
8’0” – 2.4 m), mounted at 5’9” (1.8 m) AFFL as well as a full
height shelf unit including a built-in safe mounted 4’0” (1.2 m)
AFFL)
b) A clear interior depth of 2’0” (0.6 m)
c) Shelf 15” (38 cm) wide open wood slatted shelf, mounted at 6’2”
(1.9 m) AFFL
d) A pair (two pairs in Resort hotels) of 1 3/8” (1.1 m) solid core
doors with applied mouldings on one side
e) Two single hooks for shoe horn and clothes brush mounted 3’6”
AFFL on side wall
f) Each closet must incorporate an interior light operated by a
pressure switch in the frame of each door. Where there are three or
more doors pressure switches must be provided to at least two.
g) Hanger for iron and ironing board.
2.10. Windows
a) An operable section is required in all guest bedroom windows.
The type of opening section e.g. pivot, side hung sash or sliding,
depends upon the architect’s proposed fenestration details with
maximum opening set at 4” (10.1 cm)
b) Cylinder locks must be provided to all sliding doors on ground
floor terraces. Provide thumb turn on inside
c) Sliding balcony doors should be not less than 8’0” wide and 8’0”
(2.4 x 2.4 m) high
d) Insect screens should be provided to all opening sections where
they would be a problem for the guest
e) A removable plywood drapery valance and wood blocking together
with drapery tracks are required
f) Sound penetration through windows must be addressed where
guestrooms face onto busy streets, etc
REV. MARCH 2006 115

Windows (continued)
g) Where sliding louvered panels are used in lieu of drapes, a locking

device must be provided on the panels to maintain security when
exterior sliding doors are open.
2.11. Mechanical and Electrical
a) Convectors and grilles with concealed fixings to be painted to

match adjacent surface. Ductwork behind grilles to be painted
matt black
b) Access to the control valves, fan motors and fan scrolls will be
through a 1’6” x 2’6” (0.5 x 0.8 m) return air grille
c) The horizontal fan coil unit is to be designed with a three speed
motor and sized so the unit will provide the required heating or
cooling output when the motor is running at slow speed. The unit
sound level is not to exceed NC30 at slow speed and NC35 at
medium speed. The valves, coils and thermostats must be silent in
operation. The fan coil unit motor must run continuously at the
selected speed and not cycle off when the desired temperature is
achieved
d) Energy smart thermostats to be mounted 54” (137 cm) to centre
line AFFL
e) Incorporate switch in frame of balcony door in humid climates to
close down FCU when door is opened for extended periods of
time
f) Electrical outlets in party walls to be offset by at least 1’0”
(0.3 m) to maintain specified sound ratings
g) Light switches to be mounted 48” (120 cm) to centre line AFFL
h) Electrical outlets to be mounted 1’0” (0.3 m) to centre line AFFL
i) Locate 2 plex outlets at desk as shown on Fairmont Hotels and
Resorts Design Standards Details
j) Install door bell to all suites and guestroom that have extra long
entry foyer
k) Surface mounted ceiling fixtures in entry foyer and bedroom
REV. MARCH 2006 116

Mechanical and Electrical
l) Provide three-way switching to guestroom entry foyer. Locate one

switch at entry door and second switch centred on night stand
(furthest from entry door) at 3’0” (0.9 m) to centre line AFFL
m) Ceiling fan 4’0” (1.2 m) in diameter with variable speed control
mounted 54” (137 cm) to centre line AFFL (next to thermostat) in
resorts.
2.12. Personal Bar

Where space allows, provide a 3’0” (0.9m) wide built-in personal bar unit,
which will include the following features:
a) Granite counter top 3’0” (0.9 m) AFFL
b) Granite splash back with bevelled edge
c) Cabinet with “built in” refrigerator. Vent refrigerator through shaft

at rear of personal bar, into the entry foyer ceiling above. Cabinet
door to be connected to refrigerator door so that the two open
simultaneously
d) Mirror to back of personal bar
e) Recessed ceiling fixture
f) Duplex electrical outlet for refrigerator 1’6” (0.5 m) to centre line

AFFL and duplex electrical outlet 3’6” (1.1 m) to centre line AFFL
for personal bar (coffee maker)
g) Where a built-in personal bar unit has not been allowed for, the
refrigerator will be housed in the armoire.
2.13. Guest Bathroom

a) Granite vanity, mounted 2’10” (0.9 m) from top of floor to top of
vanity to be 3/4” thick x 2’0” wide (1.9 cm x 0.6 m) with apron at
front (1 ½” thick – 3.8 cm) and bevelled backsplash
b) Provide a 6” (15 cm) wide glass shelf with all front edges bevelled
at 8” (20 cm) above the vanity
c) Wall sconces to either side of vanity and MR16 down light centred
over lavatory basins
REV. MARCH 2006 117

Guest Bathrooms (continued)
d) All fixtures will be products as manufactured by the Kohler

Company or other equal and approved
e) Light switches 4’0” (120 cm) to centre line AFFL on opposite wall
to shower, on inside of bathroom
f) Illuminated make-up mirror at 5’0” (1.5 m) on centre line AFFL
with Smart Lite Model #12-01-04-02 at vanity as manufactured by
Lion Industries (702) 345-1331, grounded duplex outlet 4’2”
(1.3 m) on centre line AFFL below
g) Ceiling fixture to centre of bathroom
h) Plumbing fixtures to be as Fairmont Hotels & Resorts standards
i) Where two lavatory basins are provided, each to have grounded
duplex outlet
j) Frameless clear glass shower stall with 2’0” (0.6 m) wide x 3/4
room height frameless clear glass door with 1’6” (0.5 m) bar on
either side of door. Internal dimensions of shower to be 3’0” long
x 3’0” wide (0.9 x 0.9 m) x full room height
k) Floor drain to shower located in corner adjacent to bath
l) Shower exhaust grille located in other corner with ductwork
behind painted matt black
m) Vapour proof ceiling light fixture within shower enclosure
n) Two double robe hooks on wall immediately adjacent shower entry
door
o) Walls to be stone finish within shower enclosure
p) Floor to be stone with a non-slip finish within shower enclosure.
2.14. Water Closet

a) Wall mounted telephone 48” (122 cm) at centre line AFFL, above
toilet paper holder
b) Ceiling mounted light fixture
c) Double robe hook
d) Toilet paper holder
e) Spare toilet paper holder
REV. MARCH 2006 118

Water Closet (continued)
f) All fixtures will be products as manufactured by the Kohler

Company or other equal and approved
g) Ceiling exhaust grille with ductwork behind painted matt black
h) Undercut door ¾” (20 mm) above threshold .
2.15. Lanais and Terraces

a) Minimum clear width from door to railing to be 6’0” (1.8 m)
b) Curved top balustrade rail should be as thin as possible to assure
least possible obstruction of view. Open balustrade should be
carried to floor with minimal upstand wall
c) Weatherproof duplex electrical outlet
d) Non-slip floor finish
e) Brass floor drain
f) Ceiling fan 4’0” (1.2 m) in diameter with variable speed control
mounted 54” (1.5 m) to centre line AFFL in resorts
g) Where the guestroom lanai or terrace has direct access from the
exterior, a footbath with delayed shut-off tap must be provided for
sand removal.
2.16. Barrier-Free Guestrooms

Provide one handicap accessible guestroom per 100 guestrooms or as designated by
local codes. They shall be situated on the lowest guestroom floors close to the elevator
core. Half of the rooms should be connected to a room with a double/double bed
combination and the other half to a king bed guestroom.
Planning must in accordance with the recommendations of Americans with Disabilities
Act (ADA).
The guest bathrooms are to have the following features:
a) Single entry door shall be 2’10” (0.9 m) wide
b) Additional grab bars in bath recess and adjacent WC. Bars are to
be of the type that are removable when room is not occupied by a
handicapped guest
c) The vanity apron shall be kept as shallow as possible with all
exposed piping insulated.
Top of vanity is to be 2’10” (0.9 m) AFFL
d) All light switches are to be 4’ 0” (1.2 m) on centre line AFFL
REV. MARCH 2006 119

Barrier-Free Guestrooms (continued)
a) Emergency bell connected to security office (with automatic

replay to telephone operator’s if not answered within 30 seconds)
b) Roll in shower with fold down seat and adjustable height hand
held shower
c) Illuminated make-up mirror sliding on a vertical bar
d) Floor drain in bathroom.
Guest bedrooms are to have the following different features from a standard guestroom:
a) Entry door second peephole at 3’9” (1.1 m) on centre line AFFL
b) Closet with main shelf at 4’9” (1.4 m) AFFL and hanging rail at
4’6” (1. 3 m) AFFL
c) Special strobe emergency light for hearing impaired, combined
with smoke detector
d) Special telephones
e) Emergency bell connected to security office (with automatic
replay to telephone operator’s if not answered within 30 seconds)
f) Fire alarm outlet for vibrating pillow.
REV. MARCH 2006 120

2.17. Washroom Accessories

Item Description Mounting Height to
Centre Line
Towel bars 4’ 6” (1.4 m)
2’ 8” (0.8 m) at bidet
1 @ bathtub 30 “ long (76
cm)
2 @ vanity each 18” long (46
cm)
1 @ bidet 18” long (46 cm)
Toilet roll holder 2’ 4” (0.7 m) (2’ 6”- 0.8 m to
1 per bathroom centre line from back wall)
Shower rod 6’ 6” (2.0 m) in line with outside
face of bath tub
Double robe hook 1 on wall in WC room and 2 5’ 6” (1.7 m). Also provide one
on bathroom wall ( 1 hook at 4’ 0” (1.2 m) in
adjacent to shower) handicapped bathroom
Soap dish Large polished stainless steel 2’ 2” (0.6 m) on long side of tub;
wire basket 1 per bathtub and 4’ 0” ( 1.2 m) in corner of shower
2 per shower stall
Small glass soap dish 2’4” (0.7 m)

adjacent to towel bar @
bidets
Bath grab bar 12” long (30 cm) Mounted horizontally 2’ 10” (0.9
m) at one end of tub
Shower head 6’ 0” (1.8 m) from shower floor to
under side of head. Mount head
on side of shower (not opposite
door)
Shower arm ½” (1.3 cm) Chrome plated
brass with chrome plated
escutcheon
Shower control 4’ 0” (1.2 m) to centre line valve
above shower floor
Tub hand shower Holding bracket:
2’ 2” (0.6 m) from bottom of tub
Tub filler spout Must have aerator 1’ 8” (0.5 m) to center line above
floor level
Spare toilet roll 1’ 0” (0.3 m) adjacent to WC
holder
REV. MARCH 2006 121

3. FAIRMONT GOLD GUESTROOMS, LOBBY AND LOUNGE
Fairmont Gold, a hotel within a hotel, dedicated to a consistent high quality of service,
is designed to meet all the needs and expectations of the discriminating business
executive and leisure traveller. Within a private atmosphere of quiet residential
surroundings, the specially trained staff provides friendly, personalized and efficient
service.
The added amenities and luxurious surroundings are simply an extension of the caring,
comforting attitude of the hosts. Fairmont Gold is a consistent attitude of dedication to
the well being of the Fairmont Hotels & Resorts guests.
Typically, an upper floor(s) or a wing of a floor will be dedicated to Fairmont Gold.
Minimum recommended is 50 rooms with a maximum of 85 rooms, depending upon
lounge capacity. A minimum of 70% of the rooms is to be designated non-smoking. All
rooms should preferably be on the same floor. If floor size is too small to accommodate
the number of guestrooms required then the floor immediately below and/or above the
Lounge could be used. A separate internal open stair should then be provided between
the floors.
3.2. Guestrooms
Functional Requirements of Fairmont Gold guestrooms are similar to standard
guestrooms, however, the Fairmont Gold have upgraded finishes, FF & E and
amenities.
3.3. Elevator Lobby and Lounge

The elevator lobby on the Fairmont Gold floor should be obviously distinctive,
reflecting the Fairmont Gold atmosphere. The reception area, located in close proximity
to the elevator core, will have full time receptionists to check in/out guests, give
messages, send faxes, etc. This area must incorporate outlets for multi-line phones and
duplex outlets for computers and other related equipment.
Provide storage cabinets adjacent the desk to conceal printers, credit card imprinters and
credit card verifiers and well as telephone outlets for credit card verification and
electrical outlets for related computer equipment.
A work area (approximately 75 ft2 – 7 m2) where staff can store small items for guests
and hang guest’s coats, send faxes, make copies, etc. This area is to include a counter
2’0’’ wide x 8’0” long (0.6 x 2.4 m) with cabinets above and below, except below the
workstation which is 3’6” (1.1 m) wide. Provide electrical outlets for telephones, fax
machines, copier. This area to house the audio controls and variable fan speed controls
for the lounge.
REV. MARCH 2006 122

Elevator Lobby and Lounge (continued)
It is Fairmont Hotels and Resorts policy to offer to store Fairmont Gold floor guests’
luggage away from their guestrooms, and a storeroom (approximately 150 ft2 – 14 m2)
is therefore required. This room should have a wall hung house phone as well as heavy
duty plywood adjustable shelving, ¾” thick x 30” (1.9 x 76 cm) wide, with a total
length of 30’0” (9.1 m), as well as 5’0” (1.5 m) of hanging rod 5’ 9” (1.8 m) AFFL.
A separate lounge comprising 70% table seating and 30% soft casual seating. Allow for
two individual desks with chairs. Total number of seats should be related to the number
of Fairmont Gold guestrooms (50% for city hotels, 100% for destination/resort hotels)
The lounge will include an honor bar and buffet facilities which must be in close
proximity and preferably visible from the reception desk. Provide electrical outlets for
hot food table, TV’s etc. Washrooms adjacent to the lounge. The storage area may also
double as a place for guests' belongings after check out if they are not leaving the hotel
until late in the day. Recessed ceiling speakers connected to audio located in lobby
storage room.
Resorts to have variable speed ceiling fans.
3.4. Fairmont Gold Pantry

The pantry kitchen (approximately 400 ft2 – 37 m2) with the appropriate equipment is to
provide service to the Fairmont Gold lounge. Located with direct access to the Fairmont
Gold lounge and the service elevator.
REV. MARCH 2006 123

4. SUITES

Special suites or suites with living/dining areas of two modules or more are essentially
entertaining suites. They should be located with the best possible views.
4.2. Modular Requirements

a) Junior suite (1key/1.5 modules total): Subject to the building
configuration include a separate sitting area
b) One bedroom suite (1key/2 modules total): Includes a master
bedroom, separate living area with powder room, some connecting
c) Two-bedroom suite (2 keys/4 modules total): Includes a master
bedroom, separate 2 module living area with powder room and one
bedroom connecting
d) Special Presidential Suite (3 keys/5 to 7 modules total): Includes a
foyer, 3 or 4 module living room, pantry, master bedroom and one
or two bedrooms, some connecting. Includes a powder room next
to the parlour and separate guest bathrooms for each bedroom.
Sold either as a singly key or preferably with flexibility of separate
keys for parlour and each bedroom
e) Junior and one bedroom suite has the following features:
i) Bedrooms to have walk-in closet and separate area with

make up vanity
ii) Living area to have additional telephone outlets and
upgraded lighting
iii) A pair of solid wood French doors between the living room
and the bedroom
iv) Built-in wet bar long with undercounter cupboards and mini-
bar
v) Powder room to include (i) WC and vanity for urban hotels
and (ii) WC, vanity and shower for resort hotels
vi) Desk to be located in living room and not in bedroom as per
standard guestroom.
f) Two bedroom and special suite have the following features:
REV. MARCH 2006 124

Modular Requirements (continued)
i. Full height glazing and sliding doors to terrace or lanai

ii. A single 3’6” (1.1 m) wide guest entry door
iii. Additional closet (approximately 12 ft2 – 1.1m2) space for
guests’ coats
iv. Pantry (approximately 65 ft2 – 6m2) with direct access to
corridor and suite, with counter and storage cupboards,
small fridge, microwave, sink additional duplex electrical
outlets and wall telephone
v. Powder room to include (i) WC and vanity for urban hotels
and (ii) WC, vanity and shower for resort hotels
vi. Upgraded master bedroom with full dressing area with
additional closets, vanity and shelving
vii. Additional air conditioning and exhaust for the living/dining
area
viii. Chandelier to dining area with dimmer control
ix. Additional accent and decorative lighting
x. Audio system with built in speakers to living/dining areas.
4.3 Outline of Finishes and Materials

The following schedule of finishes has been prepared to establish a standard of finish
for the major types of hotel areas. Its purpose is to direct the Consultants in their design
and in the preparation of their own detailed room finish schedule
Legend
AT-CG 1' 0" x 1' 0" (0.3 x 0.3 m) textured ceiling tiles with concealed grid
AT-EG 4' 0" x 2' 0" (1.2 x 0.6 m) lay in textured ceiling tiles with exposed grid.
Tiles and grid finished white
AT-M An acoustic tile ceiling that will resist heat, steam, water etc. and is
easily cleaned e.g. metal tile with acoustic pad
CP Carpet
CT Ceramic tile, thin set. Joint between CT and bathtubs and WC’ be
caulked with white, silicone caulking specially designed for this purpose
REV. MARCH 2006 125

Outline of Finishes and Materials – Legend (continued)
G Granite laid to special pattern

ES Exposed structure including all exposed services
LH Smooth trowelled concrete with liquid hardener and dustproofer
M Marble laid to special pattern
MONO Monolithic floor finish e.g. Duron Resolast
QT Slip resistant quarry tile
RB 2 ½" (5.7 cm) flat rubber or vinyl covered (use cheaper)
RCB 2 ½" (5.7 cm) rubber or vinyl-coved base (use cheaper)
SGP Three coats semi-gloss enamel paint
SP Smooth plaster with two coats flat latex paint
VT 12" x 12" (30 x 30 cm) vinyl tile
VWC Vinyl wall covering
WD Stained or painted hardwood
No. Area Floor Base Wall Ceiling

1 Bedroom Floors generally:
a) Bedrooms CP 6" WD VWC + 6" (15 SP
(15 cm) cm) Cornice
b) Entry Foyer CP 6" WD VWC + 4" (10 Drywall

(15 cm) cm) cornice
c) Closet CP 6" WD VWC Drywall

(15 cm)
d) Bathroom M 4" M M + 4" cornice Drywall
(10 cm) (10 cm) with
cove
e) WC Room M 4"M VWC + 4" Drywall
(10 cm) (10 cm) cornice
REV. MARCH 2006 126


2 Suites and Adjoining Bedrooms:
a) Bedrooms CP 6" WD Special VWC + SP
(15 cm) 6” WD Cornice (15 cm)
b) Entry Foyer M/CP/ 4" Special VWC + SP
WD M/WD 4” WD Cornice (10 cm)
(10 cm)
c) Closet CP 6" M VWC Drywall
(15 cm)
d) Bathroom, Powder Room M 4"M M + 4" Drywall
and WC Room (10 cm) (10 cm ) with
Cornice cove or
special
VWC
e) Dining and Living WD/CP/ 6" WD 50% WD, 50% SP,
M (15 cm) Special VWC + WD,
WD Cornice trim
f) Bar and Pantry M 4"M Special VWC Drywall
(10 cm) (include build-
in cabinets with
granite
counters)
3 Guestroom Corridor CP 6" WD VWC + 6" Drywall
(15 cm) (15 cm) WD with
cornice trim. coves
Wood arches to and WD
frame arrival trim
areas at
guestroom
doors. 6"
(15 cm) WD
dado rail
4 Fairmont Gold floor(s) corridor(s) CP 6" As item 3, but Drywall
(15 cm) incl. WD with
WD/RC wainscot coves
B
REV. MARCH 2006 127


5 Guest Floor Elevator Foyer M 6" M M/WD frames Drywall
(15 cm) to elevator with
door openings coves
WD panelling WD
or VWC ceiling
trim
6 Ice Machine Room on guestroom RB/VT 6" VWC Drywall
floors (15 cm) (acoustic tiles
WD/ around
RCB machine)
REV. MARCH 2006 128

4.4. Guest Area Standards Details

Page
TYPICAL GUESTROOM ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
WITH FURNITURE 130
TYPICAL GUESTROOM ELECTRICAL ELEVATIONS 131
DESK 132
TYPICAL GUESTROOM CLOSET DETAILS 133
FIXED PERSONAL BAR 134
TYPICAL TUB SHELF DETAIL 135
TYPICAL SHOWER ENCLOSURE DETAILS 136
TYPICAL SHOWER ENCLOSURE 137
REV. MARCH 2006 129

REV. MARCH 2006 130

REV. MARCH 2006 131

REV. MARCH 2006 132

REV. MARCH 2006 133

REV. MARCH 2006 134

REV. MARCH 2006 135

REV. MARCH 2006 136

REV. MARCH 2006 137

FAIRMONT HOTELS & RESORTS · DESIGN STANDARDS BACK-OF-HOUSE
D. BACK-OF-HOUSE
1. OFFICE AREAS
1.1. Front Desk Support

Provide space for functions, which could include the following:
• Front Office Manager
• Rooms Division Manager
• Reservations Manager
• Reservations clerks and secretary
• Communication/Telephone Operator’s room
• Cashier’s Desk
• Guest safety deposit box room
• Security Office
• Fire Control and Elevator Control Room
• Luggage Storage
• Concierge Storage
• Bellmen's Store
• Car Valet’s Room
• Parking Cashier
1.2. Executive Office, Administration, Accounting and Security

• General Manager
• Resident Manager
• Assistant General Manager
• Secretarial
• Director of Food and Beverage
• Assistant Director of Food and Beverage
• Director of Catering
• Catering Coordinators
REV. MARCH 2006 138

Executive Office, Administration, Accounting & Security (continued)
• Director of Sales and Marketing

• Assistant Director of Sales and Marketing
• Sales Representatives
• Public Relations Manager
• Boardroom
• Mail and Copy room
• Beverage counter
• Controller
• Assistant Controller
• Head Cashier
• Staff Cash-out Work area and Night Deposit area
• Dead Storage and Storage areas
• Credit Manager
• Payroll Manager
• Secretary, clerks and filing
• Computer Manager
• Computer room
• Telephone equipment room with UPS
• TV pay per view head end room
• Security Manager
• Assistant Security Manager
1.3. Human Resources

• Reception and secretary
• Director of Human Resources
• Language Training room (foreign countries)
• Training Manager
• Meeting/training room
REV. MARCH 2006 139

Human Resources (continued)
• Library
• Interview room
• Copy and beverage station
• Files and storage
REV. MARCH 2006 140

1.4. Outline of Finishes and Materials

The following schedule of finishes has been prepared to establish a standard of finish
for the major types of hotel areas. Its purpose is to direct the Consultants in their design
and in the preparation of their own detailed room finish schedule
Legend
AT-CG 12” x 12" (30 x 30 cm) textured ceiling tiles with concealed grid
AT-EG 4' 0" x 2' 0" (1.2 x 0.6 m) lay in textured ceiling tiles with exposed grid.
Tiles and grid finished white
AT-M An acoustic tile ceiling that will resist heat, steam, water etc. and is
easily cleaned e.g. metal tile with acoustic pad
CP Carpet
CT Ceramic tile, thin set. Joint between CT and bathtubs and WC’s shall be
caulked with white, silicone caulking specially designed for this purpose
G Granite laid to special pattern
ES Exposed structure including all exposed services
LH Smooth trowelled concrete with liquid hardener and dustproofer
M Marble laid to special pattern
MONO Monolithic floor finish e.g. Duron Resolast
QT Slip resistant quarry tile
RB 2 ½" (6.4 cm) flat rubber or vinyl covered (use cheaper)
RCB 2 ½" (6.4 cm) rubber or vinyl-coved base (use cheaper)
SGP Three coats semi-gloss enamel paint
SP Smooth plaster with two coats flat latex paint
VT 12" x 12" (30 x 30 cm) vinyl tile
VWC Vinyl wall covering
WD Stained or painted hardwood
CPT Carpet tiles
REV. MARCH 2006 141

Outline of Finishes and Materials (continued)

1 All stores, engineers, maintenance VT RCB SGP-ES SGP-ES
areas, valet, uniform issuing, janitor’s
closets, housekeeping, linen and
service rooms on guestroom floors,
service elevator foyers*, service
corridors **, staff entrance including
stairs
* At service sink VT RCB CT to 4' 0” SGP-ES

** See General Requirements 1.5 (1.2 m)
Service corridor behind main ballroom

and meeting rooms ** CPT WB SGP-ES SGP-ES
2 Staff locker VT RCB SGP-ES AT-M

3 Staff washrooms and washroom areas CT/VT CT CT Drywall
in locker rooms
4 Public Washrooms G G G at urinals, VWC
elsewhere,
M.WD
cornice and trim
5 Swimming Pool Changing M M M SGP

6 Truck Dock & Receiving LH - SGP-ES SGP-ES
7 a. Kitchen, including staff dining room QT QT CT to 7' 0” AT-M
kitchen, and food pick-up area & (2.1 m) SGP
pantries above
Flower Work Room
7 b. Walk-in refrigerators and freezers QT QT By equipment By equipment
manufacturer manufacturer
8 Kitchen cashiers’ office, chef’s office, VT RCB SGP-ES AT-EG

housekeeper’s office
9 Swill Room, Can Wash, Garbage QT 4" QT CT to 4' SGP-ES
Compactor, Garbage Store (10 (SGP
cm) above)
REV. MARCH 2006 142

Outline of Finishes and Materials (continued)

10 Administration, Sales, Personnel and CP RCB VWC AT-CG
Accounting Offices and Telephone
Operators’ Room
11 Swimming Pool Attendant VT RCB Drywall Drywall
SGP
12 a) Laundry VT RCB SGP-ES AT-EG
12 b) Laundry Trench 1/8" 1/8" - -
(0.3 cm) (0.3 cm)
Mono Mono
13 Fire Escape Stairs & Corridors - metal LH - SGP-ES SGP-ES
balustrade SGP
14 Telephone Equipment Room VT RCB SGP-ES AT-EG
15 Employees’ Dining Room VT RCB VWC AT-EG
Computer Room VT RCB SGP AT-EG
16 Employees Lounge CP RB VWC AT-EG
17 Mechanical/Electrical LH - SGP-ES SGP-ES
18 Service vestibule to public area RB RB SGP SGP-ES
(vestibule to ballroom and meeting
room shall include rubbing rails)
19 Main Driveway, Sidewalks, Public Special paving and finishes as selected by
Areas and Swimming Pool area Interior Designer
20 Patios, Terraces and Gardens Special paving, finishes and planting as
selected by landscape architect
21 Exposed Roofs visible from hotel Patterned treatment in coloured gravels.
rooms Equipment to be attractively concealed in
architectural housings
22 Parking LH and parking Painted - directional
and direction lines signs and stall numbers
- lines painted
green
REV. MARCH 2006 143


Each separate office group is to have one thermostat. Individual offices do not require
thermostats.
Each office area is to have a coat closet and general storage closet for everyday
stationary supplies.
Each individual office is to have three duplex electrical outlets, two telephone outlets
and computer systems outlets as required by the LAN requirements.
The offices of the Members of the Hotel’s Executive Committee are to have upgraded
finishes and three telephone outlets, and additional duplex electrical outlet and
computer outlets.
Catering coordinators area to have a built in counter with a wall telephone outlet
mounted 54” (137 cm) to centre line AFFL, duplex electrical outlets and computer
outlets.
All built in counters, shelves, cupboards, etc. to have velvetex finished plastic laminate
finish with exposed hardwood edge strips.
The following offices are to have all walls constructed to meet an FSTC rating of 54: (i)
General Manager, (ii) Credit Manager, (iii) perimeter walls of washrooms where they
are adjoining offices, (iv) perimeter walls of offices where they are adjoining public
areas and (v) Director of Human Resources and interview room.
Administration offices must have easy and direct access for the public. Front Desk
Support should be adjacent to the Front Desk. Reception areas should be designed to
reflect the elegance of Fairmont Hotels and Resorts as should senior management
offices, especially that of the General Manager’s and Director of Catering. Accounting
should be located in the back-of-the-house, to be accessible by Staff. Human Resources
must be located near Staff Entrance and Security. Back-of-the-house spaces should have
separate access away from public circulation.
Secretarial positions must each have two telephone outlets and two duplex electrical
outlets as well as two computer systems outlets for connection to LAN and printers.
Offices with exterior windows must have incandescent lighting and special window
treatment.
Each office area is to have separate washrooms with vanity for male and female staff.
In locations which are subject to frequent power outages, all duplex electrical outlets for
administration assistants, secretaries and staff using computers must be on the
uninterrupted power supply (UPS).
VWC requires sealed drywall or smooth plaster as base construction to obtain
acceptable finish.
All exposed grilles, diffusers, sprinkler escutcheons, speakers, alarm bells, access
panels, downlight trims, etc. required to be painted to match adjacent surface.
REV. MARCH 2006 144

General Requirements (continued)

All ductwork behind grilles and diffusers in public spaces to be painted matt black.
Where access doors and fire hose cabinets occur in walls finished with VWC, these are
to finish flush with the surface of the wall and the VWC is to be carried over the door
and frame, with a knife cut between the door and the frame.
Where a suspended ceiling is required to create a plenum for HVAC, it shall be drywall.
All edges to ceramic tiles are to round edge tiles as no exposed edges will be accepted.
Wall finishes around very hot equipment e.g. ranges, fat fryers, etc. shall be stainless
steel fixed to a heat resistant backing.
Where high temperature producing equipment is located beneath public spaces, a
special insulating ceiling shall be provided to prevent heat transmission to these public
spaces.
Counter sunk stainless steel corner guards, size 3”x 3” x 4’0” (7.6 cm x 7.6 cm x 1.2 m)
long should be provided to all external corners of back of house walls which will be
subject to damage by hotel carts and trolleys where rubbing rails are not required e.g.
kitchen areas.
Rubbing rails are to be installed in all service corridors, service elevators foyers and
vestibules. Mounted 35” (83.5 cm) to centre line AFFL and 9” (23 cm) to centre line
AFFL.
Doors are to be a 1 ¾” (4.4 cm) thick and a minimum of 7’0” (2.1 m) high and of the
following widths: (i) 2’8” (0.8 m) to all offices, (ii) 2’6” (0.7 m) to all washrooms, (iii)
3’0” (0.9 m) to all other single doors, (iv) 5’0” (1.5 m), to all other double doors and (v)
3’6” (1.1 m) to all service doors into public rooms.
All doorframes are to be pressed steel with welded mitres.
The finish to all doors and frames is to be paint.
All double acting doors as well as door in service corridors are to have a single glass
vision panel 6” wide x 12” high (15 x 30 cm).
Dutch doors are required in the following locations:
a) Food stores
b) Beverage stores
c) Valet/uniform issuing
d) Housekeeping stores
e) Cashiers office (without shelf)
f) Housekeeper’s office (without shelf)
g) Security office (without shelf)
h) Receiving office.
REV. MARCH 2006 145

Doors to the following rooms shall be hollow metal for security reasons and shall
incorporate a card access with keypad lockset:
a) Food stores
b) China and silver dead storage areas
c) Beverage stores.
Glazed interior screens, typically of hollow metal with clear glass are essential in the
following offices:
a) Executive housekeeper’s office and general housekeeping
b) Chief and assistant engineer’s offices
c) Secretary’s and general maintenance offices
d) Laundry manager and laundry area
e) Chef’s office and kitchen
f) Baker’s office
g) Bake shop and kitchen
h) Dishwashing steward’s office and dishwashing area
i) Receiver’s office
j) Security office
k) Human resources reception area
l) Assistant controller’s office and accounting offices
m) Head cashier and staff cash-out room
n) Garde manger and kitchen
o) Rooms division manager, reservations and clerk’s office
p) Purchasing office
q) Computer manager’s office and computer room
r) Telephone operator’s room and reservations
s) Room service cashier’s office with opening for pass
through
t) Valet parking cashier’s office with opening for pass
through.
REV. MARCH 2006 146

Employee lockers should be located on the same level as the entrance and adjacent to
uniform store and issuing.
Employee dining should be located adjacent to banquet kitchen in order to eliminate a
separate dishwash area.
Food and beverage stores, as well as engineering maintenance areas should be located
on the same level as the truck dock and receiving area.
REV. MARCH 2006 147

1.6. Standard Lighting Fixtures
Back-of-house lighting in areas with exposed ceiling and/or T-bar ceilings shall be energy
efficient recessed fluorescent fixtures complete with hinged acrylic lens. Fixture sizes shall be
standardized to lamp sizes with a preference for 1’0” x 4’ 0” (0.3 x 1.2m) or 2’0” x 4’0’
(0.6 x 1.2m) light fixtures. Fixtures in kitchens, laundry or other damp locations shall be
gasketted. Fixtures in service and storage rooms may be strip lights complete with wire guards.
a) All fluorescent fixtures throughout the hotel shall be warm white

with rapid start premium electric type for T-8 lamps.
b) Standardize lengths of fluorescent light fixtures where possible
c) All storerooms and offices shall have room lighting controlled by
local switches located inside the room and adjacent to the entrance
door. Where a room has more than one entrance, three way
switching shall be provided. The switches in storerooms shall
incorporate a power outlet for housekeeping purposes
d) In mechanical rooms, a fluorescent light fixture shall be mounted
at each motor control centre and shall be on emergency power
supply
e) Exit lighting to have the minimum wattage lamps permitted by
code.
f) Public area exits shall have thin line exit fixtures with bronze
finish and fitted with a long life electronic circuit.
g) Back-of-house exits shall have standard width exit fixtures with a
paint finish and fitted with a long life electronic circuit.
h) Fixtures in fire escape stairs shall be mounted on main landings
only unless otherwise stated by local code.
1.7. Other Offices

Coffee/Tea Room to include the following features:
a) A built in counter 2’0” wide and 3’0” (0.6 x 0.9 m) AFFL
(incorporating a stainless steel sink with adjustable shelving
below counter and lockable cabinets above
b) One 110V 15 amp duplex outlet (refrigerator)
c) Three 110V 15 amp duplex outlets (both of separate circuits) at
4’0” (1.2 m) to centre line AFFL (kettle and coffee maker).
REV. MARCH 2006 148

Other Offices (continued)
Mail Room to include the following features:

a) A built in counter 2’0” wide and 3’0” (0.6 x 0.9 m) AFFL with
adjustable shelving above and below counter
b) One 220V single phase 30 amp outlet (separate circuit) for
photocopier
c) Three 110V 15 amp duplex outlets mounted 4’0” (1.2 m) to centre
line AFFL (post meter, electric pencil sharpener)
d) Two telephone outlets and two duplex electrical outlets (fax
machines)
e) Wall telephone.
Telephone Operators Room to have the following features:
a) A special two level built-in counter approximately 4’6” (1.4 m)
long for three operators
b) Duplex electrical outlet, telephone outlet and 1’6” (0.5 m) wide
adjustable shelving at supervisor’s desk
c) White marker board 6’0” wide x 4’0” high (1.8 x 1.2 m)
d) Cork board 2’0” wide x 2’0” high (0.6 x 0.6 m)
e) The lighting to this room must be on emergency power supply
f) Each operator requires the following features:
i) Duplex electrical outlet (UPS) and computer systems outlets
(CRT and keyboard)
ii) Two telephone outlets (console and paging telephone).
The following must be located in the telephone operators’ room in full view of all the
operators:
a) Closed circuit TV monitors (slave security system)
b) Remote door alarm indicator panel
c) Cashier’s alarm indicator panel
d) Walk-in coolers and freezers alarm indicator panel
e) Fire alarm annunciation panel
f) Smoke detector alarm annunciation panel.
The following requirements are to be installed immediately above the telephone
operators’ counter:
REV. MARCH 2006 149

a) Duplex electrical outlets (UPS) and food and beverage point-of-

sale cable outlets (error printers)
b) Duplex electrical outlets (wake-up clocks)
Accounting Offices to have the following features:
a) An additional space (approximately 20 ft2 – 1.9 m2) is required for
the printer (connected to LAN and UPS), copier and paper storage
b) Document storage room (approximately 70 ft2 – 6.5 m2) with 2’0”
(0.6 m) wide adjustable shelving running the full length and full
height of the longest wall
c) Each clerical position requires the following: (i) Two duplex
outlets, (ii) Two computer systems outlets (connected to LAN)
and (iii) Two telephone outlets.
Computer manager and computer manager’s assistant office and computer room
(approximately 400 ft2 – 37.2 m2) to have the following features:
a) Access to the computer room must be through the computer
manager’s office
b) Door to computer room should be 3’0” (0.9 m) wide to allow
equipment to pass through easily
c) Special mechanical and electrical provisions must be installed in
the computer room. This must be coordinated with the equipment
specified.
Reservations Office to have the following features:
a) The reservations area is to have a number of workstations each
4’6” (1.4 m) long with lockable drawers at one end and shelving
over
b) Each workstations requires the following: (i) Two telephone
outlets, (ii) Two duplex electrical outlets (one on UPS) and (iii) A
connection to LAN
c) An additional two duplex electrical outlet and two telephone
outlet at front desk cash out position
d) A 5’3” wide x 3’3” high x 1’0” deep (1.6 x 1.0 x 0.3 m) fixture,
divided into approximately sixty 6” x 6” cubicles to hold disputed
cheques
e) Duplex electrical outlets (UPS) and Point of Sale outlet (error
printer).
REV. MARCH 2006 150

Cashier’s Office to have the following features:

a) Glazed panel (approximately 18’’ wide x 24” high-
(45.7 x 60.1 cm)
b) Dutch entry door
c) All electrical outlets and lighting on emergency power
d) Trouble alarm button (connected to telephone operators room)
e) Duplex electrical outlets
f) Telephone outlets
g) LAN outlets
h) Drop safe (N.I.C. approximately 2’0” wide x 2’6” deep x 3’9”
high (06. x 0.8 x 1.1. m), with door opening on Cashier’s Office
side)
Staff Safety Deposit Box Room to have the following features:
a) Plastic laminated work counter
b) Duplex electrical outlets
c) Safety deposit boxes (N.I.C approximately 3’6” wide x 2’0” deep
x 3’8” high – 1.1 x 0.6 x 1.1 m)
d) CCTV camera
e) Call button
1.8. Minimum Finished Ceiling Heights:

Kitchens 9’6” (2.9 m)
Back of house 8’0” (2.4 m)
Truck dock and compactor room 14’0” (4.3 m)
Laundry 12’0” (3.7 m)
Main entrance driveway 14’0” (4.3 m)
1.9. Garbage Compact Room

The garbage compact room shall incorporate the following features:
a) 60 Amp electrical power supply mounted 5’0” (1.5 m) on centre
line AFFL (connection to compactor)
REV. MARCH 2006 151

Garbage Compact Room (continued)
b) 110 V x 15 amp duplex electrical outlet mounted 6’0” (1.8 m) on

centre line AFFL (air purifier)
c) 110 V x 15 amp weatherproof duplex electrical outlet mounted
4’6” (1.4 m) on centre line AFFL (maintenance)
d) 110 V x 15 amp electrical outlet mounted 6’0” (1.8 m) on centre
line AFFL (bug killer equipment – leased)
e) ½” (1.3 cm) Hose connector, connected to disinfectant wash down
system (system leased)
f) Can wash area (approximately 10 ft2 – 0.9 m2) with ½” (1.3 cm)
cold water supply and shut-off valve and 3” (7.5 cm) diameter
“wet” floor drain
g) 3’6” (1.1 m) Wide entrance door with weather strip, threshold and
door closer with 90 degree hold open
h) Trench drain with sectional removable cover
i) Electrically operated insulated overhead door (controls in
receiver’s office)
j) Refrigeration unit to maintain air temperature at 55 F (13 C).
1.10. Maintenance Areas

Director of engineering’s office (approximately 150 ft2 – 14 m2) shall have the
following features:
a) Electrical outlets
b) Computer systems outlets
Director of engineering’s secretary and assistance engineer’s office (approximately
180 ft2 – 17 m2) shall have the following features:
a) Electrical outlets
b) Computer systems outlets
c) Terminal for BMS (Building Management System).
The maintenance areas shall require the following features:
REV. MARCH 2006 152

Maintenance Area (continued)
a) In addition to what is indicated below, the following number of

single phase electrical outlets, each mounted at 4’0” (1.2 m) on
centre line AFFL and on a separate circuit will be provided
throughout the maintenance areas:
i) Five 110V x 15amp duplex
ii) Two 110V x 30amp
iii) Three 220V x 15amp
iv) One 220V x 50amp
v) One TV antenna outlet and two 110V x 15amp duplex outlet
mounted at 4’0” (1.2 m) on centre line AFFL (TV repair
desk)
vi) Wall mounted telephones
vii) TV antenna outlet and duplex electrical outlet, both
mounted at 4’6” (1.4 m) on centre line AFFL (secured
storage room).
b) Work bench system along full length of two walls, consisting of
the following:
i) Hardwood work top 2’6” (0.8 m) wide, at a height of 3’0”
(0.9 m) AFFL with lockable drawers under (see Fairmont
Hotels & Resorts Standard Details)
ii) Hardwood and metal work top 2’6” (0.8 m) wide, at a height
of 3’0” (0.9 m) AFFL with lockable drawers and doors
under (see Fairmont Hotels & Resorts Standard Details)
iii) TV work bench with mirror above (see Fairmont Hotels &
Resorts Standard Details).
c) Shift engineer requires the following features:
i) Electrical outlets
ii) Computer systems outlets
iii) Remote terminal for BMS (Building Management System)
iv) Plan table and plan hanging rack.
REV. MARCH 2006 153

1.11. Paint Shop

Each maintenance area shall include a separate paint shop with separate exhaust system.
In addition, the shop will have a 10’0” (3 m) long hardwood work bench (see Fairmont
Hotels and Resorts Standard Details) and deep stainless steel double bowled sink on
floor mounted frame with wall mounted tap set with swivel spout.
1.12. Carpentry Shop

Each maintenance area shall include a carpentry shop with special, local filters on the
return air system. In addition, the shop will have a hardwood work bench (see Fairmont
Hotels & Resorts Standard Details) and include the following features:
a) One 208V x 30amp single phase outlet at 7’6” (2.3 m) on centre
line AFFL
b) Three 110V x 15amp outlets at 4’0” (1.2 m) on centre line AFFL
c) Three 110V x 15amp outlets at 1’0” (0.3 m) on centre line AFFL
d) One 110V x 15amp-outlet flush mounted in floor in centre of
room (circular saw outlet).
REV. MARCH 2006 154

2. EMPLOYEE FACILITIES
2.1. Employee Entrance

Provide main access and point of control for staff. The employee entrance must be
located on a separate elevation, away from the main guest entry and separate from the
truck dock and adjacent to the security office. The entrance should be close to the
employee facilities and human resources and it should not require staff to walk through
food and beverage areas.
Telephone on exterior wall adjacent to entry door with direct ring to security office.
Electric latch on entry door, operated from security office so security officer can open
door upon identification of person into back of house area.
A CCTV camera positioned so as to clearly identify person at entry door.
2.2. Security Office

Provide an office space adjacent to the staff entrance for the Security officers and
Security Manager.
The security office shall incorporate the following features:
a) Glazed screen with speak through opening
b) CCTV monitors and VCR
c) Remote door alarm console
d) Duplex electrical outlets (UPS)
e) Worktops and cupboards above and under
f) Remote fire alarm panel
g) Dutch entry door
h) Full height laminated glass window (at entrance)
i) Button to operate electric strike on main staff entry door
j) Power bar with a minimum of 40 outlets (radio and pager chargers)
k) Duplex electrical outlet and two telephone outlets (pager master
control unit).
REV. MARCH 2006 155

2.3. Primary Service Corridor

Provide circulation for employees, goods and servicing. In the corridor servicing the
ballroom, locate food service equipment in alcoves. Provide vestibule towards different
ballroom access.
Main service corridor to be a minimum of 8’0” (2.4 m) wide. Elsewhere, provide 6’6”
(2.0 m) service corridor, except behind ballrooms (see ballroom standards for details).
A double set of rubbing rails shall be installed in all service corridors, service elevators,
service elevator foyers and vestibules. They shall be 2” wide x 6” high (5 x 15 cm) and
installed at 9” (23 cm) at centerline AFFL and 2’11” (0.9 m) at centerline AFFL.
2.4. Men’s and Women’s Locker Rooms

Provide toilets, showers, wet vanity, grooming area and changing area with lockers for
female and male employees; toilets should be separate from public toilets.
Provide barrier-free WC stall as per local code requirements.
Refer to specific program requirements to determine areas and quantities of lockers
required.
Unless otherwise indicated, female employees represent 60% of staff; male employees
represent 40% of staff.
Formula for calculating the locker area is (i) in cold climates is quantity of lockers x
4.5 ft2 – 0.4 m2) and (ii) in warm climates is quantity of lockers x 3 ft2 – 0.3m2
Should be located near Employee Entrance and Uniform issue.
Provide janitor closet (approximately 36 ft2 – 3.3 m2).
The lockers shall have sloping tops, infill pieces and bases.
The rows between the lockers shall be 4’0” (1.2 m).
Locker dimensions in (i) cold climates shall be 10” wide x 16” deep x 6’0” high – 03 x
05 x 1.8 m (excluding base) and in (ii) warm climates they shall be 8” wide x 16” deep
x 6’0” high – 20 cm x 0.5 m x 1.8 m (excluding base).
One wall mounted notice board size 4’0” long x 3’0” high (1.2 m x 0.9 m).
Duplex electrical outlet for shoeshine machine.
Full-length mirror at entrance (on locker side) size 2’6” wide x 6’6” high (0.8 x 2 m)
REV. MARCH 2006 156

2.5. Employee Cafeteria

Provide lounge (approximately 1,300 ft2 – 121 m2) and dining facilities dedicated for
employee use. Allow for non-fixed tables and chairs. Accommodate hot cooking line
and food service support area.
The minimum number of seats required should be calculated according to the following
formula: number of guestrooms x 0.67 divided by 4.
Allow 20 ft2 (1.9 m2) per seat.
Locate off service circulation, near kitchen. Exterior views are desirable.
Duplex electrical outlets for housekeeping, TVs and pay phones.
Separate circuit 110V x 20 amp electrical outlet for drink vending machine and cold
water drinking fountain.
Ceiling speakers for background music with volume control in food servicing area.
One wall mounted notice board size 4’0” long x 3’0” high (1.2 x 0.9 m).
Wooden chair rail 34” (86 cm) at center line AFFL.
2.6. Employee Washrooms

The main washrooms form part of the staff locker room and must be carefully, but
functionally designed to demonstrate Fairmont Hotels and Resorts’ concern for its staff.
Provide an employee washroom at each guestroom floor adjacent to maids closet.
2.7. First Aid Station

Provide an office/first aid facility (approximately 300 ft2 – 28 m2) to attend to
employees’ first aid needs. Allow for concealed space to accommodate a bed. Provide a
first aid counter and storage.
Preferably locate first aid service off service circulation near human resources offices.
2.8. Training Room, Staff Meeting Room

Provide a meeting room facility (approximately 450 ft2 – 42 m2) to accommodate
education, staff meetings and other personnel activity.
Located near the human resources office the room shall have the following features:
a) Recessed motorized projection screen
b) Marker board and pin up type wall covering
c) Presentation rail
REV. MARCH 2006 157

Training Room, Staff Meeting Room (continued)
d) Duplex electrical outlets for A/V equipment

e) Wall telephone at entry door
f) Storage closets
g) Computer systems outlets.
REV. MARCH 2006 158

2.9. Functional Diagram: Employee Facilities Layout
Employee
Entrance
Human Housekeeping
Resources Laundry
and
Receiving Security Uniform Issue
Dock Office
Training Training
Room Manager
Men’s
and
Women’s
Main Employee Locker
Kitchen Cafeteria Room
Toilets
REV. MARCH 2006 159

3. HOUSEKEEPING, LAUNDRY & VALET

The laundry will be an on-site, full-service facility including dry cleaning and a 24-hour
valet service.
The laundry facility should be located adjacent to the housekeeping and service elevator
core and should be easily accessible from main service corridor.
The valet dry cleaning equipment is to be in a separate room accessible from the dryer
end of the wash line and by housekeeping for after-hours service.
Provide a laundry chute to send linen directly from guestroom floors to the laundry's
soil sort room. Allow for cart stacking at both the soiled sorting and folding areas.
Linen chutes are to have the following features :
a) A 2’6” (0.8 m) diameter, 18 gauge aluminium or galvanized steel
linen chute is required to serve all guestroom floors and discharge
into the laundry soiled linen area
b) Intake doors shall be stainless steel and of the bottom hinged, self-
closing hopper type with a clear opening 2’0" x 2’0" ( 0.6 x 0.6 m)
and complete with lock and bar support and name plate “soiled
linen”
c) The outlet door shall be stainless steel and of the top hinged type
normally held in the open position by a fusible link set at 165 F
(74 C)
d) Bottom of linen chute (chute discharge point) shall be located at
8' 6" (2.6 m) AFFL
e) Door discharge section shall be supported on a pipe pedestal
mounted on the floor or similar means
f) The bottom “turning” section of the chute shall be suitably
reinforced to resist damage caused by bottles or similar items being
inadvertently dropped down the chute
g) The chute securing brackets shall be securely fixed to the various
floor slabs. However, the chutes themselves shall be isolated from
the floor slabs to minimize noise transmission to adjacent rooms
h) The chute itself should also be insulated to minimize vibration and
sound transmission
i) Provide vent and protected sprinkler heads as required
j) Provide chute wash-down system including drain
REV. MARCH 2006 160

Housekeeping, Laundry & Valet/General Requirements (continued)
k) Where hotels have long corridors, additional linen chutes will be

required to reduce travel distance for maids
l) Each chute should be accessed from a small service room
(approximately 50 ft2 – 4.6 m2), requiring a linen sorting room
complete with sorting slide at the termination of the chute. These
termination rooms are to be on the same level as the laundry.
Clean linens are to be returned to the guestroom floors for storage.
The valet, housekeeper’s office and related storerooms shall all be entered off the main
housekeeping area.
The following features are to be provided at the entrance to this area:
a) Electrical outlets at 4’6” (1.4 m) on centre line AFFL (time stamp)
b) Cork bulletin board 4’0” long x 3’0” high (1.2 x 0.9 m).
The following items are to be provided within the main housekeeping area:
a) Duplex electrical outlets (if not located in valet area)
b) Telephone outlets
c) Soaking sink
d) Lost and found cabinet
e) Housekeeping counter
f) Linen clerk station
g) Issue counter
h) Cubicle with two robe hooks (staff try on uniforms) with full-
length mirror.
Formula for calculating area of housekeeping including daily linen and uniforms, day
stores, seamstress, lost and found and issuing is:
Quantity of guestrooms x 3 = ft2 required.
Housekeeper’s office (approximately 150 ft2 – 14 m2) to include the following features:
a) Cork bulletin board 2’0” wide x 3’0” high (0.6 x 0.9 m)
b) Electrical outlets
c) One duplex electrical outlet (UPS)
d) Telephone outlet
The valet (approximately 550 ft2 – 51 m2) will provide full dry cleaning and pressing of
guests’ clothes, staff uniforms, drapes and blankets seven days a week.
REV. MARCH 2006 161

One hour pressing of guests’ clothes will be offered generally between the hours of 7
am and 8 p.m. seven days a week as well as overnight pressing.
The valet area shall incorporate the following features:
a) Duplex electrical outlet and telephone at valet’s desk location
b) Duplex electrical outlet at sewing machine location
c) Duplex electrical outlet and telephone at shoe shine location
d) Special exhaust duct system over dry cleaning unit
e) Blocking in ceiling for support of slick rails for valet equipment
f) Allow 20 ft2 (1.9 m2) for perc drum storage
g) Guest check-in table/bins unit
h) All compressor air lines to have quick disconnects and automatic
moisture traps with a water leg and drain valve
i) Direct exhaust outlet to vacuum unit.
The laundry will be designed to process all the hotel’s textiles and also to provide same
day full guest laundry, seven days a week.
Fairmont Hotels and Resorts’ laundries are designed based upon the following criteria:
a) Average load produced per room in (a) City Hotels is 25 lbs
(11.4 kg) and in (b) Resorts is 38 lbs (17.2 kg, in (c) Hotels with
Willow Stream Spa’s is 35 lbs (20.4 kg) and in (d) Resorts with
Willow Stream Spa’s is 48 lbs (21.7 kg)
b) Equipment to be designed to suit 100% occupancy based upon 1.2
loads per washer and dryer per hour
c) Laundry will operate 6 days per week and will be staffed 48 hours
per week, although washmen’s shifts will be staggered to allow
equipment to start early.
The formula for calculating the area of the laundry production space and soil sort area is:
a) City Hotel: Quantity of Guestrooms x 25 x 7 x 3.5 divided by 48,
(b) Resort Hotel: Quantity of Guestrooms x 38 x 7 x 3.5 divided by
48, (c) Hotels with Willow Stream Spa’s: Quantity of guestrooms
x 35 x 7 x 3.5 divided by 48 and (d) Resorts with Willow Stream
Spa’s: quantity of guest rooms x 48 x 7 x 35 divided by 48.
b) The 3.5 ft2 (0.32 m2)/lb./hour is calculated from 28 ft2
(0.26 m2)/lb./hour for laundry including laundry manager’s office
and 0.7 ft2 (0.07 m2)/lb./hour for linen chute discharge and soil sort
REV. MARCH 2006 162

c) 3.3 Days of textile supply in circulation and 1.1 in storage for a

Total of 4.4 pars
d) Washer equipment safety factor is 20% of required production in
pounds/hour.
The access corridor from the truck dock to the laundry shall be 10’0” ( 3.0 m) wide with
a pair of 6’0” (1.8 m) wide entry doors into the laundry and a 4’0” (1.2 m) wide
removable side panel.
Extreme care must be taken to ensure that vibration and acoustics ramifications are fully
resolved.
The dryer exhaust duct to have a lint filter and thermal insulation outside the dryer
enclosure to the lint filter room.
All dryer ducts must have clean out panels every 20’0” (6.1 m) of horizontal length.
Softened hot and cold water to laundry and valet to 0-2 grains hardness.
Hot water supply to washers must be at 160 F (71 C) in adequate volume to fill the
washers in the required time period.
Water hammer arresters must be used on washer water lines.
Room to be conditioned to not exceed 80 F (27 C).
Formula for calculating the area for the soil sort room, including slide: Quantity of
guestroom x 25 (City Hotels), 38 (Resort Hotels), or 38 (Hotel and Willow Stream Spa)
and 48 (Resort and Willow Stream Spa) x 7 x 0.7 divided by 48.
The soil sort room to have the following features:
a) A duplex electrical outlet located at 5’6” (1.7 m) on centre line
AFFL and floor sink
b) Chute to be as manufactured by Wilkinson Chute Company Inc.
with a truncation at 8’6” (2.6 m) on centre line AFFL
c) Soil sort table width and length to suit hotel volume and to
manufactured of plastic laminated. Height to slope from 3’0”
(0.9 m) at back to 1’0” (0.3 m) at front to move work to front of
platform
d) Flooring to epoxy floor finish behind washers and dry cleaning
machine. Elsewhere to be vinyl tiles with 4” (10 cm) high vinyl
baseboard
e) Chemical supplies and detergent to be stored in separate laundry
chemical room. Size to be based upon 30-day delivery period.
Provide storage for housekeeping functions:
REV. MARCH 2006 163

a) Linen storage
b) Glassware storage (glasswashing)
c) Cleaning materials storage
d) Hotel bulk storage
e) Hotel dead storage
f) Hotel stationary/paper storage
g) Lost and Found storage
h) Uniform storage
i) Valet equipment area.
Formula for calculating storage areas for typical city and resort hotel (where properties
are offshore or remote with less predictable delivery periods increase allowance by
50%):
a) Bulk storage: Quantity of guestrooms x 1 = ft2 (0.09 m2)
b) Dead storage: Quantity of guestrooms x 1 = ft2 (0.09 m2)
c) Stationery and Paper storage: 100 ft2 (9.3 m2) per 200 guestrooms
d) New textile (“unissued”) storage (calculations per 100 guestrooms

at 100% occupancy): (a) City hotels-room textiles 60 ft2 (5.6 m2) x
1.25 and F and B textiles 75 ft2 (7.0 m2) x 0.25 and (b) Resort
hotels – as city hotels plus 25%
e) Food and Beverage Textiles (“in circulation”) storage (based on a

storage height of 6’0” and shelving 2’0” wide):
i) Ballroom and Meeting rooms: 2 ft3 (0.06 m3) per 100 ft2 (9.3
m2) of meeting space, plus
ii) Restaurants: ½ ft3 (0.02 m3) per seat, plus
iii) Room service: ½ ft3 (0.02 m3) x 75% of quantity of
guestrooms (for Resort hotels) x 50% of quantity of
guestrooms (for City hotels)
iv) Add (i) + (ii) + (iii) / 6 (convert from ft3 to ft2) x 1.25
(aisles) x 2 (separate parts) = total storage area required in
ft2.
REV. MARCH 2006 164

Provide distribution for housekeeping functions:

a) Distribution of housekeeping supplies
b) Uniform distribution
c) Provide an office for the Housekeeping Manager
d) Provide a desk/work area for Housekeeping Assistant Manager.
Size and areas to be determined by specific program requirements.
Housekeeping functions should ideally be grouped together adjacent to the Laundry,
service circulation and the Service Elevator.
3.2. Night Cleaner’s Storeroom

The night cleaner’s store (approximately 150 ft2 – 14 m2) is to have direct access from
the service corridor.
Night cleaner’s store to include the following features:

a) Floor sink with hot and cold water, hose bib and tile surround and
mop rack
b) Floor drain
c) Heavy duty shelving 6’0” long x 3’0” wide (1.8 x 0.9 m) and full
room height
d) Waterproof duplex electrical outlet
e) Wall mounted telephone.
REV. MARCH 2006 165

3.3. Functional Diagram : Typical Layout for Housekeeping & Laundry
Soil Laundry/ Receiving Employee

Sort Dry Cleaning Dock Entrance
Room
Service
Housekeeping Housekeeping Uniform
Elevators Employee
Supplies Storage Distribution
Facilities
Distribution Area
Housekeeping
Manager
REV. MARCH 2006 166

4. KITCHEN AND FOOD PREPARATION

Provide kitchen space for Hotel and Function needs. A single main production kitchen
is preferred but could be subdivided into different preparation kitchens when the
Restaurants or the Ballroom and other Functions spaces are on different levels. The
kitchen is to be planned into specific and separated areas:
a) Receiving food and beverage goods
b) Main production
c) Bakery
d) Butcher shop
e) Food preparation
f) Garde manger
g) Food pick-up, beverage and service stations
h) Pot and pan washing areas
i) Trash rooms
j) Chef’s office
k) Assistant Chef’s office
l) Director of Food and Beverages office
m) Flower work shop
n) Banquet kitchen.
Configuration and planning of kitchen areas to be determined by specific program

requirements.
The main kitchen should be adjacent to the restaurants and also to the ballroom and
other meeting rooms. It should be linked to these spaces by generous service corridors.
Provide separate internal circulation between the different kitchen spaces. Close
proximity to the receiving space and to the service elevator. Service stands near food
preparation and pick-up lines. Conditioned trash room adjacent to the receiving dock.
4.2. Storage
Provide separate storage areas for dry, refrigerated and frozen goods (approximately
40% of net kitchen area).
Provide modular walk-in freezers and refrigerator.
All main storage areas to be close to the production Kitchen and located between the
Receiving Dock and the Kitchen receiving space.
REV. MARCH 2006 167

4.3. Room Service

The purpose of this space is to provide a room service set-up area and an office for
room service order.
Allow space for orders, preparation and cart set-up.
This space should be part of the main kitchen, separated from the main production line
and located close to the service elevators.
Room service cashier’s office shall have the following features:
a) Two duplex electrical outlets (UPS) and three for “point of sale”
system and one electrical outlet and computer outlet (both UPS)
b) Three 110V 15 amp duplex electrical outlets and three telephone
outlets all mounted 33” (84 cm) on centre line AFFL (credit card
related equipment)
c) Built in counter 10’0” (3 m) long (minimum) x 2’6” x 3’0” high
(0.8 x 0.9 m) with lockable drawers under at each end
d) 110V 15amp electrical outlet 12” (30 cm) on centre line AFFL on
wall opposite counter
e) Provide intercom between cashier’s office (microphone) and room
service set up (loudspeaker). Also between cashier’s office and
kitchen hot line if the latter is not directly visible from Room
Service Office. Microphone and loudspeakers at both locations
f) Shelf 9” wide x 24” long 60” (23 x 60 x 152 cm) on centre line
AFFL with duplex electrical outlet 6” (15 cm) above top of shelf
(pagers and charger).
4.4. Flower Work Room

The flower workroom (approximately 300 ft2 – 28 m2) is to have the following features:
a) Air conditioning is to be 65 F (18 C)
b) A double bowl sink
c) Full height reach-in refrigerator
d) Stainless steel work counter with drawers under
e) Duplex electrical outlets
f) Telephone outlets.
REV. MARCH 2006 168

5. RECEIVING AND PURCHASING
5.1. Loading Area

The loading dock is the main lifeline of the hotel and is where loading and unloading
hotel supplies, food, furnishing and other related items take place.
Truck access should be completely concealed from guest view and hearing.
Provide a minimum of two service bays and one additional bay for the trash
compactor/container.
Overhead clearance for the service bays: 14’0” (4.3 m).
Height of dock may vary due to building floor elevations. However height of 3’0”
(0.9 m) to 3’6” (1.1 m) is desirable. A 4’0” (1.2 m) wide ramp should be incorporated
for hand trucks as well as a recessed ladder or steps.
Locate near service elevator core and service circulation areas and preferably close to
the kitchen dry and cold storage.
Deep stainless steel double sink unit and work surface, on floor mounted frame with
two wall mounted tap sets with swivel spouts and two flexible spray faucets with wall
brackets (see Fairmont Hotels and Resorts Standard Details)
The loading dock area should incorporate the following features:
a) Duplex electrical outlet for weigh scale adjacent to receiver’s
office
b) Floor drain adjacent weigh scale
c) Cold water hose connector for washing down
d) 110V 20 amp electrical outlet (separate circuit) adjacent to hose
connector for high pressure water wash down unit
e) Electric dock levelers
f) Weatherproof duplex electrical outlets
g) Truck bumpers at edge of truck dock
h) Floor drains
i) In colder climates truck dock to be heated by thermostatically
controlled forced air unit heaters
j) All exposed vertical edges to have 3” x 3” x ¼” (7.6x7.6x 0.6 cm)
thick x 4’6” (1.4 m) long (steel angle
k) Protect exposed overhead door guides with bollards
l) Intercom from exterior of truck dock gates to receiver’s office
REV. MARCH 2006 169

Loading Area (continued)
m) CCTV cameras
n) Horizontal 2” thick x 12” high (5 x 30 cm) wood or plastic
robrails, mounted 3’6” (1.1 m) to center line AFFL on all exposed
walls
o) Wall mounted telephone adjacent to intercom at truck gate and at
truck dock receiver’s office.
5.2. Offices
Provide space for purchasing functions and for loading dock control office
(approximately 250 ft2 – 23 m2).
The purchasing offices should be located near the loading dock with the control office
adjacent to the loading dock and linked to other back-of-house activities by the main
service corridor.
REV. MARCH 2006 170

5.3. Back-of-House Standards Details

Page
TYPICAL ENGINEER’S WORK BENCH 172
TYPICAL ENGINEER’S WORK COUNTER 173
TYPICAL ENGINEER’S TV WORK BENCH 174
TYPICAL CARPENTRY WORKSHOP 175
TYPICAL CARPENTRY WORK BENCH DETAILS 176
TYPICAL LAYOUT – LOADING DOCK AREA 177
TYPICAL STAFF TRAINING ROOM 178
TYPICAL SOIL SORT TABLE 179
TYPICAL ROOMS SERVICE CASHIER’S OFFICE 180
TYPICAL MAILROOM COUNTER 181
TYPICAL MAIL SORTING UNIT 182
TYPICAL LAYOUT TELEPHONE OPERATORS ROOM 183
TYPICAL TELEPHONE OPERATORS WORKSTATION 184
TYPICAL STAFF CASH DEPOSIT OFFICE 185
TYPICAL SECURITY OFFICE AND DETAILS 186
TYPICAL COMPUTER ROOM 187
COMPUTER ROOM ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 188
4-PLEX JACK DETAIL 189
REV. MARCH 2006 171

REV. MARCH 2006 172

REV. MARCH 2006 173

REV. MARCH 2006 174

REV. MARCH 2006 175

REV. MARCH 2006 176

REV. MARCH 2006 177

REV. MARCH 2006 178

REV. MARCH 2006 179

REV. MARCH 2006 180

REV. MARCH 2006 181

REV. MARCH 2006 182

REV. MARCH 2006 183

REV. MARCH 2006 184

REV. MARCH 2006 185

REV. MARCH 2006 186

REV. MARCH 2006 187

REV. MARCH 2006 188

REV. MARCH 2006 189

Fairmont Hotels & Resorts · Design Standards SERVICES AND SYSTEMS
E. SERVICES AND SYSTEMS

1. MECHANICAL

The requirements for air conditioning, ventilation and heating for Fairmont Hotels and
Resorts will vary widely due to the differences in climates of the cities in which the
hotels or resorts are to be located. All latest ASHRAE standards 62-(latest edition) and
55-(latest edition) must be strictly adhered to unless directed otherwise.
The system is to be designed for all spaces except mechanical and electrical plant rooms
to be air-conditioned.
The design of the system is to take into account the following design criteria:
a) Humidity, especially where hotels are in hot and humid climates
b) Condition and/or ventilation air in all enclosed corridors having direct
access to guestroom, as well as stairways and storage rooms adjacent to
guestrooms
c) Ceiling plenums will not be used for corridor air distribution
d) Sizing of guestroom cooling loading should be based upon 97 ½ %
ASHRAE, 1 person occupancy per king room, 2 person occupancy per
double/double, (these numbers are to be doubled for resort hotels), 1,250
watts of lighting, drapery sheets closed, no outside air infiltration and
75 F (24 C) desired room cooling temperature
e) Double directional, fully adjustable louver deflectors on fan coil air
diffusers
f) Guestroom are to be designed to maintain positive pressure
g) High-rise hotels to be provided with toilet exhaust roof-top fans (to
shutdown or limit speed during midday and night-time)
h) All supply and return air grilles in public areas, when exposed to the
public, are to linear type
i) The design is to take into consideration both latent heat gain and
dehumidification performance of air conditioning system as part of the
energy analysis computer program
j) Cooling load for health clubs and spa exercise rooms are to be calculated
on a basis of a the room being fully occupied, with guests doing a
vigorous workout
k) Chilled water piping systems are to be designed with balancing capability
l) The design is to take into consideration both latent heat gain and
dehumidification performance of air conditioning system as part of the
energy analysis computer program
REV. MARCH 2006 190

Mechanical/General Requirements (continued)
m) Cooling load for health clubs and spa exercise rooms are to be calculated
on a basis of a the room being fully occupied, with guests doing a
vigorous workout
n) Chilled water piping systems are to be designed with balancing capability
o) In tropical and salty environments, cooling towers are to be constructed
of corrosion resistant fiberglass reinforced polyester and all other
components, including nuts and bolts are to be “rust resistant quality”
stainless steel
p) Guest toilet exhaust fans are to be designed to maintain negative pressure
with respect to adjacent rooms and positive pressure with respect to
outside air
q) Make up air for toilet rooms and other exhaust systems should be
designed to be continuously conditioned air and not filtrating outside air,
nor natural ventilation.
The steam service equipment is to be designed to meet the following criteria:
a) Laundry and valet equipment, unless otherwise specified by the
equipment manufacturer is to be supplied with a pressure of 125 psi
(8.8 kqf/cm2)
b) Kitchen and dishwashing equipment, unless otherwise specified by the
equipment manufacturer is to be supplied with a minimum pressure of
12 psi (0.8 kqf/cm2) and a maximum of 30 psi (2.1 kqf/cm2)
Boiler plant equipment is to be designed to meet the specific load requirements and
consideration must be made for the following criteria:
a) Types of fuel available and their associated costs
b) Hot water heaters, reheat for humidity control, direct heating and air
tempering is to be supplied with a pressure of 5 to 10 psi (0.35 kqf/cm2 to
0.7 kqf/cm2)
c) Dependability of the local fuel supply
d) Daily and seasonal variations of load
e) Availability and quality of the local supplier’s organization
f) Whether or not licensed operators are required (unlicensed operators are
preferred)
g) The need for winter heating and the possible utilization of steam during
cooling season and air conditioning refrigeration plant
h) The boilers are not to be sized to merely meet the anticipated peak load
condition, but must be selected to provide sufficient excess capacity to
REV. MARCH 2006 191

permit one unit to be removed from service for repairs and maintenance
without seriously affecting the operations of the hotel. The minimum
boiler selection must be two units each sized to provide approximately
two thirds of the peak load
i) If boilers are to be oil fired then the capacity of the fuel storage facilities
must be designed to accommodate a two-week supply.
All air conditioning installations are to be of the central plant type, supplying chilled
water to the various air-handling units.
As the equipment is to be designed to operate on a 24 hours, 365 day per year basis it
must be selected in multiple units with sufficient spare capacity to maintain comfort of
the guests during periods of average weather conditions and occupancy during times
when one unit may be taken out of service.
The selection of the refrigeration plant equipment, excluding the kitchen refrigeration
equipment, which will be supplied under the kitchen equipment contract, must take into
consideration the following criteria:
a) Climatic conditions and degree of discomfort expected if breakdown
occurs
b) Availability and reliability of supply
c) Cost of water
d) Chemical and physical properties of available water
e) Availability, quality and cost of electrical energy supply
f) Availability and cost of hotel produced steam
g) Availability of skilled maintenance labor
h) Type of equipment with which local maintenance labor is familiar
i) Availability of manufacturer’s local service organization and their skill
levels
j) Availability of replacement parts
k) Chiller quantity and capacity calculations are to be based upon the same
criteria as for boilers
l) All condensers are to be water cooled and piped to a complete cooling
tower water system
m) If the cooling towers for the air conditioning plant do not operate year
round, then a separate cooling tower is to be installed for the refrigeration
plant and ice makers
REV. MARCH 2006 192

n) Cooling towers must be located so that the noise generated by them, as

well as their discharge air will not be objectionable to the hotel guests.
Circulating pumps are to be designed and specified to meet the following criteria:
a) Motor driven, centrifugal type
b) Large pumps are to be horizontally split case, double suction type
c) Smaller pumps are to be vertically split case, end suction type
d) All pumps to have shut off valves and strainers in the suction side and
check valves and throttling valves on the discharge side
e) The design pressure for each pump must be at least equal to one and a
half times their working pressure
f) Pumps must be installed on spring-isolated concrete inertia blocks, etc to
ensure that noise and vibration is not be transmitted to the building
structure
g) Chilled water and condenser water pumps are to have factory mechanical
seals installed
h) Each chiller is to have a minimum of one chilled water pump and one
condenser water pump and shall be piped to allow cross-use
i) Each boiler is to have one circulating pump.
Heat exchangers are to be designed and specified to meet the following criteria:
a) Steam to water and water to water heat exchangers are to be of the shell
and tube type
b) Heat exchangers are to be mounted in cast iron or welded steel cradles on
structural steel frames or concrete piers.
Pressure reducing stations are to be self-contained or air pressure operated.
A central air compressor plant is to be designed to meet the following criteria:
a) The plant is to be consist of at least two compressors, a receiver, water
cooler, moisture and oil elimination and reducing station
b) Discharge air pressure is to be a minimum of 100 psi (7 kqf/cm2)
c) A separate air compressor is to be designed and installed for the laundry
and valet shop.
A vacuum piping system is to be provided which will supply the laundry and valet
equipment.
The following areas must be air conditioned when outside design criteria for summer is
above 75° dry bulb and 65° wet bulb:
REV. MARCH 2006 193

a) Kitchen to have a required temperature of 80 F (27 C) dry bulb at 60%

b) Bake shop, pastry shop, laundry and valet to have a required temperature
of 80 F (27 C)
c) Garde manger, chocolate shop, butcher shop and beverage stores to have
a required temperature of 65 F (18 C)
d) Computer room to have a required temperature of 72 F (22 C)
e) Telephone equipment room to have a required temperature of 78 F (26).
The VAV systems are to be designed using the following criteria:
a) Maintain absolute minimum total system static
b) Maintain absolute minimum duct velocities commensurate with economic
and space limitations:
i) Hotel bedroom and general offices – 1000 FPM
ii) Boardrooms – 1200 FPM
iii) Meeting rooms, ballrooms and pre-function areas – 800 FPM
iv) Restaurants – 1500 FPM.
c) Ducting should avoid components such as mitred elbows, conventional
and acoustical turning valves, bullhead tees, etc in order to ensure that
noise is kept to a minimum
d) The air distribution ductwork must be sized on the basis of the Static
Regain Method (SRM)
e) Pressure-independent low-pressure VAV regulators must be selected to
serve each occupied space
f) Supply duct connection must be either galvanized metal or a maximum of
five feet of bonded aluminum flex with no more than a 45° bend
g) Terminal ceiling diffusers or booted-plenum slots specifically designed
for VAV air distribution from the standpoint of minimum “dumping”
action at reduced air volumes and from the standpoint of sound levels at
maximum cfm delivery is to be selected.
Quiet operating centrifugal fans are to be designed following:
a) Rated in accordance with AMCA procedure and shall bear the AMCA
seal
b) Class I, II or II as recommended by AMCA based upon both operating
pressures and maximum tip speed
REV. MARCH 2006 194

c) Blades continuously welded to hub and inlet rim, are to be backward

inclined from the direction of the rotation for non overloading power
characteristic
d) Bearings are to be precision anti-friction, pillow-block, either ball or
roller type with an average minimum life of 60,000 full load hours
e) Vibration isolators are to be provided.
Cabinet type air supply units are to be designed and specified to meet the following
criteria:
a) Allow for maintenance access
b) Fans are to be centrifugal non overloading silent type with double-inlet,
multi-blades
Steam coils are to be designed and specified to meet the following criteria:
a) Coils to be of the steam distributing type-within-a-tube construction with
heated return headers
b) Coils are to be provided with an outlet for complete drainage of
condensation
c) Where temperatures fall below freezing, preheat coils are to have a
minimum of two steam traps
d) Each section of preheat coils is to have an individual control.
Water-cooling and heating coils are to be designed and specified to meet the following
criteria:
a) Water heating and cooling coils are to be of the continuous tube type with
vertical fins, tested to 300 psi (21.1 kqf/cm2) pneumatic pressure and
provided with positive methods of draining and venting
b) Electric heating coils are to have finned tubular heating elements and are
to be resistance wire centered in copper plated steel tubes
c) Direct expansion coils are to have fins copper bonded to the tubes by
hydraulic expansion of the tubes and tested to 300 psi (21.1 kqf/cm2)
pneumatic pressure.
Filters are to be designed and specified to meet the following criteria:
a) Central air conditioning systems are to have high efficiency, high
capacity bag type filters with pre-filters
b) Ventilation systems serving utility areas are to have disposable filters
REV. MARCH 2006 195

c) Where disposable or replaceable type filters are used, one set of spare
filters is to be provided in addition to the new filter being installed.
Guestroom air conditioning is to be designed and specified to meet the following
criteria:
a) Air conditioning units are to be of the fan coil type and where
heating/cooling is required, the unit is to be a double coil four row type
suitable for a Four Pipe System
b) The unit is to be located over the entry vestibule and is to have a
combined removable return air grill and access door located in the
ceiling, with a supply grill in the face of the guestroom and to have piped
drain connections in addition to secondary water connections
c) The unit is to be provided with on/off and three-speed room thermostat
control and selected for cooling at low fan speed. The unit having a rating
of NC 30 night/day at low speed and NC 35 at medium speed with the fan
running continuously at the selected speed and the thermostat provided
with a deadband setting of a maximum of 75 F (24 C) and a minimum of
68 F (20 C)
d) The unit are to be generally controlled by the thermostat and pneumatic
or electric modulating throttling valve
e) Drain pans are to be provided and designed so that all valves and controls
are directly over the pans.
Radiators and convectors are to be designed and specified to meet the following criteria:
a) In areas that experience severe winters, radiators and convectors must be
provided below all glass areas not protected by air conditioning units.
b) Heating units in unconditioned spaces are to be designed to handle the
entire heating load, while in conditioned spaces, they are to be sized to
operate in conjunction with the air conditioning system
c) Hot water is preferable as a source of heat
d) Temperature and humidity test readings are to be taken during periods of
full occupancy of each area.
Unit heaters are to be used in the following areas:
a) Centrifugal blower type heaters are to be used at entrances
b) Propeller type heaters are to be used at loading docks and equipment
rooms.
Control samples of the following materials are to be submitted to Fairmont Hotels and
Resorts for approval, prior to ordering:
REV. MARCH 2006 196

a) Supply grills
b) Return grills
c) Thermostats
d) Guest bathroom exhaust grills.
Electric motors are to be designed and specified to meet the following criteria:
a) Motors and controls driving heating, ventilating and air conditioning
equipment are to be supplied and installed by the Mechanical Contractor.
The wiring for this equipment is to be supplied and installed by the
Electrical Contractor
b) All motors are to be of the quiet operating type and preferably should be
from one manufacturer
c) All motors and accessories are to comply in all aspects with NEMA
standards, are to include a service factor and to be energy efficient
d) Exhaust fans for guestroom dishwashers are to be wired so that the fan
only works when the dishwasher is in operation.
Ducts are to be designed and specified to meet the following criteria:
a) Kitchen range hood exhaust ducts are to be manufactured from 16 gauge
black iron and are to be provided with clean-outs are each bend, every 10
(3 m) feet horizontally and every 20 feet (6 m) vertically
b) Dishwashers and laundry flat ironers are to be manufactured from
stainless steel for a minimum distance of 25 feet (7.6 m) from the
equipment.
c) Horizontal ducts from dishwashers are to pitch toward the equipment at
one inch per ten feet
d) Swimming pool supply air ducts are to be manufactured from aluminum,
while exhaust ducts are to be manufactured from stainless steel
e) Laundry dryer exhaust ducts are to be manufactured from galvanized
steel with water tight joints and the interiors are to be smooth and free
from any intrusions
f) Fire dampers are to be installed in all ducts piercing shaft walls and shall
have suitable eyes and standard fusible links as well an exterior device,
which will visibly show the position of the damper.
Grilles, registers and diffusers are to be designed and specified to meet the following
criteria:
REV. MARCH 2006 197

a) All side wall supply registers are to be the double deflection type with
opposed blade dampers
b) All return and exhaust registers are to be the single deflection type with
opposed blade dampers
c) Ceiling diffusers in public areas are to be linear
d) The inside of supply and return ducts and plenums in public areas are to
painted matt black for any portion visible through the grill
e) Registers and diffusers are to be factory prime coated.
Sound levels due to air conditioning and ventilation equipment, pipes, ducts, etc are to
be designed to not exceed the following criteria:
a) Guestrooms and suites - NC 30 with FCU on low speed
b) Ballrooms, conference rooms, executive offices and massage rooms - NC
30
c) Public spaces, general offices, lobby lounge, main dining and general
office - NC 35
d) Staff cafeteria, swimming pool and health club – NC 40
e) Kitchen and laundry – NC 50.
Neoprene or vinyl coated fiberglass of 1 ½ pounds density acoustic duct lining of at
least 1” thickness is to provided and installed to the following areas:
a) Discharge and intake ducts of every low pressure handling unit for a
minimum distance of 15’0” (4.6 m)
Insulating materials shall be provided and installed to all piping,
mechanical equipment, ductwork, etc.
REV. MARCH 2006 198

2. PLUMBING

The scope of the plumbing for the hotel will include the following:
a) Water supply to the property including storage
b) Storm water disposal
c) Sanitary waste disposal
d) Cold water supply throughout the property
e) Hot water supply (120 F – 49 C) throughout the property, with provision
for (160 F – 71C) water for the laundry
f) Swimming pool and whirlpool circulation and filtration system
g) Fire standpipe system
h) Sprinklers
i) Systems for kitchens and laundry
j) Softened water system.
Total flow water meters are to be installed on the following services:
a) Main incoming water supply
b) Kitchen hot and cold water supply
c) Laundry hot and cold water supply
d) Domestic hot water supply
e) Cooling towers
f) Irrigation.
Specific manufacturers for white plumbing fixtures and polished chrome trim are
mentioned to establish a standard. Other manufacturers products may be used provided
they are equal in design and quality and are approved by Fairmont Hotels and Resorts.
Water closets for guestrooms are to be Kohler “San Raphael” model K-3384 with
Broadway “Old Dominion” toilet paper holder, robe hook and spare toilet roll holder.
Baths for guestrooms are to be Kohler “Steeping Bath” model K-790 with a pair of grip
rails, wall mounted Kohler hand shower model K-110 with six prong handles and clear
PVC coated metal chrome hose and Broadway Collection grab handle 18” (46 cm) long
and soap and sponge basket. Bathroom are to be Broadway “Old Dominion” robe
hooks.
Baths for luxury suite guestrooms are to be Kohler “Caribbean” model K-810 with all
fixtures as described previously.
REV. MARCH 2006 199

Plumbing/General Requirements (continued)
Under counter lavatories for guestrooms are to be Kohler “Claxton” model K-2211
complete with overflow and Broadway* Collection “Old Dominion Suite” 12” (30 cm)
spreadset faucet with lever handles.
Bidet for guestrooms are to be Kohler “San Tropez” model K-4854 complete with
integral overflow, flushing rim and spray and Broadway Collection “Old Dominion”
bidet model 6DM10.
Separate shower stall for guestrooms are to be fitted with a Kohler “Triton Rite-Temp”
model K-T6910-4A/K-304-K or Symmons “Allura” model 76-1XLR pressure
balancing valve with K-7351 CP City Club showerhead or Sloan Actomatic model
#AC-10 showerhead or Speaman model S-2252-AF showerhead
Water closets for public washrooms are to be wall mounted Kohler “Kingston” model
K-4330 with a seat less and Sloan “Royal” flush valve.
*Acceptable alternative suppliers are: Hansgrohe, Harden and Ginger.
REV. MARCH 2006 200

3. ELECTRICAL

The scope of the electrical for the hotel will include the following:
a) Distribution system
b) A system of lighting including dimmer control
c) A telephone system
d) A video antenna system
e) A fire alarm system, including central evacuation
f) Communication control and alarm system
g) A pocket pager system
h) A hand held portable radio system
i) Empty conduit and power only for a data transmission system
j) A CCTV system
k) Background music system.
A standby emergency generator and power distribution system is to be designed and
specified for the following (as well as local code requirements):
a) Fire alarm system which will include voice communication
b) Fire pumps
c) Emergency lighting and exiting signage (as required by local code)
d) Emergency lighting (in addition to item c above) to
i) Front desk
ii) Telephone operators’ room
iii) Cashiers’ office and each position
iv) Safety deposit box room (both guest and staff)
v) Work areas involving danger to occupants i.e. kitchens,
maintenance areas and laundry
vi) Security office
vii) Fire control room.
viii) Provide a minimum of one fixture or lamp on the emergency
circuit to each of the following areas in a normal power outage
condition:
REV. MARCH 2006 201

Electrical/General Requirements (continued)
a) Public restrooms
b) Each ballroom and pre-function section
c) Meeting rooms
d) Spa/Fitness Center
f) Flood, sump and sewage pumps
g) Automatic transfer equipment to bring all elevators to main lobby level,
each one at a time, while at the same time keeping the fireman’s elevator
continually operational
h) Telephone systems
i) Freezers, refrigerators and circulation pumps for refrigeration cooling
j) All computer equipment and computer room HVAC equipment
k) Fire protection and life safety
l) HVAC equipment used for smoke control, stairwell and elevator shaft
pressurization
m) Uninterrupted power supply
n) Oil heaters for chillers
o) All paging systems
p) Security systems including CCTV
q) Automatic door.
The main distribution system using at least two transformers, secondary and/or primary
tie or transfer switches, standby cable or equivalent, is to be designed and specified to
prevent total loss of power in the event of maintenance or a failure of any single piece
of equipment, bus or cable in the primary and main secondary distribution.
An automatic load limiting system is to be designed and specified to shut down the
following loads when the loads exceeds the predetermined limit:
a) Toilet exhaust fans
b) Miscellaneous general ventilation systems
c) Public space air-conditioning systems (provide over-ride)
d) Chillers (only as a last resort)
e) Electric water heating.
Panel boards are to be designed and specified to meet the following general criteria:
REV. MARCH 2006 202

a) Branch circuit panels are to have a minimum of 20% spare or bussed

spaces
b) Power and distribution panels are to have a minimum of 15% spare or
bussed spaces
c) Main switchboard is to have a minimum of 10% spare or bussed space.
In general feeders are to be designed and specified based upon the following demand
requirements:
a) Individual branch circuit panel – 100% of full capacity*
b) Two grouped branch circuit panels – 90% of full capacity*
c) Three grouped branch circuit panels – 80% of full capacity*
d) Four grouped branch circuit panels – 70% of full capacity*
e) Lighting distribution boards – 80% of full capacity*
f) Power troughs, starter racks, etc – 90% of full capacity*.
Note: *Full capacity indicates actual connected load plus nominal spare capacity for
future.
In order to eliminate adverse affects from electric systems operating at low power
factor, automatic power factor correction equipment is to be designed and specified in
such a way that it increases the power factor to the desired value of 0.95.
All wires and cables for power, control and lighting distribution, telephones and low
Voltage system is to be run in sheradized or hot dipped galvanized rigid heavy wall
steel conduits. Thin wall conduit may be used where approved by local codes.
Voltage drop shall not be more than 2.5% from the transformers to the final distribution
point except where approved by local codes.
All permanently installed lighting fixtures designed and specified by the Interior
Designer, Lighting Consultant, Architect or Consulting Engineer are to be supplied and
installed by the General Contractor.
Lighting levels are to be designed and specified to meet the following minimum foot
candles criteria:
Valet 50 (ambient) (538 lm/m2)
- 100 task (1075 lm/m2)
Administration & BOH office areas (at desk level) 60 (645 lm/m2)
Ballrooms, Front Desk, Kitchens, Housekeeping and Laundry 50 (538 lm/m2)
REV. MARCH 2006 203

Mechanical, electrical equipment areas 20 (215 lm/m2)

w/task lighting at each
motor control center and
electical switchboard
Housekeeping and Laundry 50 (538 lm/m2)
Maintenance Areas 50 (538 lm/m2)
with 75 (810 lm/m2)
on all work surfaces
Kitchen Areas 50 (538 lm/m2)
Meeting Rooms 50 (538 lm/m2)
Ballroom Foyers 35 (376 lm/m2)
Main Lobby and Employee lockers 30 (322 lm/m2)
Assembly and Circulation 25 (269 lm/m2)
Food and Beverage outlets and Porte Cochere 20 (215 lm/m2)
Mechanical, electrical general areas 20 (215 lm/m2)
Elevator foyer and guest corridors 10-20 (108 – 215 lm/m2)
Lighting fixtures in public areas are to be recessed and/or surface mounted
incandescent. The exception to this will be coved or display cases and where specialist
millwork requires individual lighting treatment. The recessed lighting fixtures for
general illumination in the public areas is to be, in general, of the low brightness type,
parabolic aperture cones, open apertures with ellipsoidal reflectors, baffle aperture
down lights, etc., supplemented with adjustable accent lights, decorative chandeliers,
etc.
Recessed fluorescent fixtures are to be installed in all the Administrations Offices,
except the General Manager’s and any other BOH areas that have windows overlooking
public areas. These are to have incandescent lighting fixtures.
Outdoor parking, garden and street lighting are to be super metal halide or low pressure
sodium.
All fluorescent lighting fixtures are to be warm white with rapid start ballast.
In mechanical rooms, a fluorescent light fixture is to be mounted at each motor control
center and is to be on emergency power.
3.2. Dimming Equipment

Dimming equipment is to be Lutron. Similar equipment manufactured by other
dimming equipment companies are acceptable, subject to approval by Fairmont Hotels
& Resorts.
REV. MARCH 2006 204

Dimming Equipment (continued)
Dimming equipment is to be provided for lighting control in each public area.

Separate individual dimmers are to be provided for the general lighting, decorative
chandeliers and wall brackets, accent lighting, entertainment and special effects fixtures
for each room or subdivision.
Generally, all dimmer controllers are to be of the calibrated type arranged in control
panels, which may be located away from the main dimmer assembly.
Selector switches are to be provided in each ballroom console to allow control of
general lighting from individual room stations.
Dimmers are to be electronic, solid state and are to be designed specifically for light
control.
The main dimmer rack is to contain a phase-to-phase coil magnetically held, multiple,
double-throw transfer relay to automatically transfer at least one general lighting circuit
in each room to an external emergency supply in the event of a power failure to the
dimmer.
Restaurants, entertainment areas, bars, main lobby, foyers and corridors are to have four
presets. One for breakfast, lunch, dinner and housekeeping. Activation of these presets
is to be provided by an astronomic time clock capable of activation 1-11/2 hours before
sunset.
Ballrooms, ballroom foyers and meeting rooms are to have individual controls for each
subdivision with one central master control panel.
All switches, receptacles and cover plates are to be white with matching securing
screws.
Exterior weatherproof switches and receptacles are to be either galvanized steel or
stainless steel.
3.3. Telephone System

The telephone switch room (allow approximately 300 ft2 – 28 m2) is to allow rear
access to the switch panels and have a floor designed to carry approximately
110 lbs/ft2 (50 kg/m2). This room must not have exterior windows and is to be built
from block walls and finished with a vinyl tiled floor, painted walls and lay-in ceiling
tiles.
Where required by local authorities, an additional room (allow approximately 75ft2 –
7 m2) may be necessary for the local telephone company termination of entrance
facilities.
Fairmont Hotels and Resorts preferred system is a direct current powered Northern
Telecom Meridian 1 telephone switch with the latest “state-of-the-art” PBX technology
switch and hardware in release at the time of installation.
REV. MARCH 2006 205

Telephone Systems (continued)
Similar equipment manufacturers by other telephone systems manufacturers are

acceptable, subject to approval by Fairmont Hotels and Resorts.
Air-conditioning provided for the telephone switch and associated equipment must be a
stand alone system capable of handling 16,000 BTU’s/hour and must be on emergency
power
There should be at least two risers enclosed in risers serving the guest levels, or if
construction dictates, risers between each vertical line of rooms. In some cases separate
risers may be necessary for elevator and service lobby telephones as well as upper floor
function areas.
One intermediate distribution frame is required on each hotel floor for each riser. A
conduit is to be run down the guest corridor from the intermediate distribution frame
and stubbed into each room. Refer to the Data Cabling Specifications for details.
Voice Mail
Provides guest and administrative voice main; interface to telephone switch, property
management system for message notification. For Nortel supplied systems, Meridian
Mail is the standard.
Call Accounting
Provides costing of all calls made by telephones on the property, interfaces to the
telephone switch and property management system (to post guest charges to accounts).
The standard is XETA.
Long Distance Carriers

Fairmont Hotels and Resorts competitively bids direct dial services where markets
permits. Operator services are evaluated on a country by country basis. Our current
North American suppliers are:
Direct Dial Service US: Sprint

Direct Dial Service, Western Canada: Telus
Direct Dial Service, Eastern Canada: Bell
Operator Services: Canopco
Standard Guestrooms are to have the following features:

a) Bedroom at the night table a Cordless Teledex CL2210 (2-line) or CL1210
(single line) phone. These phones have Securechek technology which
stops cross billing between rooms, which is experienced with lesser
models in large installations. This is a true hospitality cordless set with
Message Waiting lamp and speaker phone, 10 speed dial buttons, and full
faceplate. See http://www.teledex.com/telephones/cordless/index.html
Simplex telephone jacks with RJ-11C termination at the bed
REV. MARCH 2006 206

b) At the desk a Teledex Opal Series 2011S (2 line) or 1010S (single line).
Features full faceplate, speakerphone, speed dial buttons, hold, and
volume control. See http://www.teledex.com/telephones/opal/index.html
Jacks, comprising one RJ-11C and one RJ–45 terminations (one for a two
line telephone, one for data) is to be installed at the desk Wiring to be 1 x
4 pair enhanced category 5 serving the onejack and 1 x 4 pair category 5
data grade servicing the other jack
c) In the bathroom a Teledex Trimline I or II, small mountable phone with
buttons on the handset only. See
http://www.teledex.com/telephones/trimline/index.html
Simplex wall mounted telephone jack with RJ-11C termination in the WC
(telephone is not to be mounted directly on wall)
One, Two, and Three Bedroom Suites are to have the following features:
a) Living room phone has same extensions as master bedroom.
b) All bathrooms have bridged first extension off related bedroom.
c) Pantry phone and maid’s closet phones have separate extensions from
suite main number.
Boardrooms
Provide multi-line digital speaker telephone,the Northern Telecom 2616. Provide
fourplex outlet in boardroom with one voice RJ-11C (digital), one fax/modem (analog)
RJ-11C and two data RJ-45 jacks.
Back-of-the-House Areas
Within the Administration and Accounting areas of the hotel, data grade cable should
run from the localized intermediate distribution frame from each position, either to a
concentrator/hub located at the intermediate distribution frame or home directly back to
the computer room without intermediate splices or cross-connects.
Back of house offices and secretarial and front desk positions to be provided with the
following:
a) A quad jack, comprising RJ-11C and two RJ-45 terminations
b) Wiring to be 1 x 4 pair category 5 serving the upper jacks and 2 x 4 pair
category 5 data grade servicing the lower jacks.
Multi-button, digital display phones are to be provided to the following locations.
Positions identified with an asterisk shall be hands-free speaker phones, all guest
contact positions (i.e. housekeeping, accounting, room service) shall have guest name
recognition capability:
REV. MARCH 2006 207

a) Human Resources (Director *, Assistant, Secretary)

b) Housekeeping (Director*, Assistant, Clerks, Laundry, Valet)
c) Purchasing/Receiving (Buyer*, Receiving Clerck, Secretary)
d) Technical Services (Director*, Assistant, Secretary)
e) Kitchen (Chef*, Room Service)
f) Accounting (Comptroller*, Asst., Secretary., Payroll, Cashier, Clerks,
Systems Manager*)
g) Front Office (Front Office Manager*, Director of Reservations,
Reservations Agents, Assistant Managers)
h) Executive Offices (General Manager, Resident, Director of
Marketing/sales, Director of Catering, Sales Managers, Catering
Managers, Coordinators, Secretaries, Reception)
i) Business Centre (Manager, clerks, workstations)
j) Restaurant Maitre d’= stations
k) Bars for bartender/guest use (including pool bar)
l) Front Desk (reception/cashiering)
m) Concierge Desk
n) Bell Stand/Doorman’s station
Single line analogue wall phones are to be provided in the following areas:
a) Meeting Room Service Corridors (no ring w/flashing light)
b) Room Service
c) Health Club (reception, massage rooms, exercise area, lockers)
d) Restaurant Service Stations
e) Service elevator foyers
f) Laundry and valet work areas
g) Engineering Shops, chiller plant, boiler room, main electrical room
h) Kitchen (main kitchen, banquet kitchen, service bar, food lines, butcher,
bakery, dry stores, flower shop)
i) Loading dock
j) Staff Cafeteria
k) Administration Boardroom
REV. MARCH 2006 208

l) Staff Locker Rooms

m) Housekeeping Service Rooms on Guest Floors
n) Each floor of Car Parking Garage (next to exit stair or elevator)
Provide direct outside lines (i.e. by-passing the main switch) in the main switch room,
telephone operator’s room and security.
There will be a minimum of 10 phones designated on the telephone switch as power
fail telephones, which may be activated and provide external telephone service in the
event of a failure of the telephone switch. The locations will be determined at the time
the switch is installed.
Public Areas
Provide phones which ring direct to operator in the following locations in the Main
Lobby (2 or more), near the Front Desk (2 or more), in Ballroom Foyer (2) and near
Meeting Rooms or group of Mtg Rms (2 per floor or group). Standard will be the
Teledex Opal 1001, see http://www.teledex.com/telephones/opal/opal1001.html
located in the same location as house phones of which one in each area shall be
mounted for handicapped use. All phones to be fully recessed.
Provide outdoor phones in weatherproof boxes for exterior games areas such as tennis
courts, waiting and service areas and swimming pool locations.
Provide cordless phones for pool area and restaurants (2 for each area).
All telephone operator consoles to have guest name display capability.
The following areas are to be provided with active at all times, single line telephones
with direct access to the outside without passing through the telephone switch:
a) Telephone Operator’s room
b) Security
c) Telephone Switch room.
The following areas are to be provided with two house telephones with dial pads (must
ring down to the operator):
a) Each ballroom foyer
b) Near each meeting room
c) Near the front desk
d) Main hotel lobby.
Note: House telephones are to be installed adjacent the pay telephones.
REV. MARCH 2006 209

3.4. Television System

Television signal systems from satellites will be used wherever excellent reception and
coverage is available. Where a satellite system is not available, a cable system is to be
installed.
The television terminal equipment will be located in a room (allow approximately

75 ft2 – 7 m2) adjacent to the telephone equipment room.
Pay per view television, where available, will be located in a room (allow
approximately 150 ft2 – 14 m2) adjacent to the telephone equipment room. This
equipment shall be supplied and installed by an independent supplier.
The general contractor will be responsible for supplying the whole system, excluding
the television sets. Televisions complete with remote controls will be supplied and
installed by FF and E.
A television signal outlet together with its attendant duplex electrical outlet is to be
provided at the following locations:
a) All guest bedrooms and living rooms
b) All presidential and special suite bathrooms
c) All public bars and lounges
d) Secured storage rooms in maintenance areas
e) At television repair workbench in maintenance area
f) Employee dining room and employee lounge
g) Ballroom, ballroom pre-function areas and meeting rooms
h) Staff training room
i) Health club relaxation areas and exercise rooms.
Provide different designated equipment rooms for the hotel and meeting facilities
operation.
3.5. Closed Circuit Television Security and Assistance Systems

A closed circuit television system shall be provided with wall mounted cameras located
in the following areas:
a) Swimming pool (wide angle type)
b) Staff entrance
c) All remote, unsecurable and unattended entrances or exits
d) Food and beverage entrance doors
e) Main lobby and front desk area (pin hole type)
f) Cashier’s desk
REV. MARCH 2006 210

Closed Circuit Television Security and Assistance Systems (continued)
g) Guests safety deposit box room
h) Truck dock/receiving area (wide angle type)

i) Cardiovascular room (monitor at health club reception desk and security
office).
All externally mounted cameras are to include weatherproof housing.
Colored monitors with the capacity to divide the screen into four different pictures
simultaneously shall be provided as follows:
a) One for “holding on any selected camera
b) One for every 12 cameras, connected to sequential switcher for automatic
switching
c) One for replaying from video tape player
d) One in executive assistant manager’s office with switcher to select
camera.
All monitors are to be located in a special display unit in the security office. A duplicate
set of monitors is to be provided in the telephone operator’s room.
The cashier’s office is to be provided with a dedicated video recorder. This recorder is
to be activated by means of the cashier’s security buzzer switch and is to record for up
to an hour after the switch has been depressed and should stop automatically.
Each front desk cashier’s position, cashier’s office and staff safety deposit box room is
to have a silent alarm system, comprising a push button to illuminate a flashing red light
in the telephone operator’s room. Each area is to have its own separate light.
Each front desk position is to have a push button to illuminate a flashing blue light in
the front manager’s office.
A push button is to be installed at the guest safety deposit collection counter, which
when pushed by the guest will activate a buzzer at the front desk.
Entry door into guest safety deposit box “viewing” room to be provided with an electric
strike activated by a button adjacent to the staff entry door into the safety deposit room.
3.6. Background Music and AV Systems

The media center (approximately 120 ft2 – 11 m2) is to act as the central point for
audiovisual activity. The media center will house a high quality amplified monitor and
all background music and source equipment.
REV. MARCH 2006 211

Background Music and AV Systems (continued)
Layout of loudspeakers is to be coordinated with the Interior Designer’s reflective

ceiling plans. Loudspeakers must be positioned in ceilings such that the listener is not
more than 45 degrees off axis from the nearest loudspeaker (as measured to the listeners
ear) and that the distance from the loudspeaker within a given area to the listeners ear
does not vary in more than a ratio of 2:1.
An audiovisual system suitable for video presentation is to be furnished and installed to
the following areas:
a) Circulation areas including restrooms, public corridors, lobby parlor and
lobbies
b) Staff Cafeteria
c) Restaurants and Lounges*
d) Bars*
e) Pool Areas
f) Outdoor circulations areas
g) Outdoor function areas
h) Board rooms and meeting rooms*
i) Spa/Fitness Center*
j) Ballrooms*.
Note: All areas marked * are to have independent source and volume background
music controls.
Circulation area source and control equipment is to be located as follows:
a) All elevator lobbies to be on one control zone with source at media
center, with on/off and volume controls at the front desk
b) General public areas and main lobby, but excluding meeting areas, to be
on one control zone with source at media center, with on/off and volume
controls at front desk
c) Lobby parlor to be on one control zone with source at media center, with
on/off and volume controls at pantry
d) All public washrooms to be on one control zone with source, on/off and
volume controls at media center
e) All areas described above to have the same source.
A system of audio and video tie lines is to be provide from the media center to each of
the following areas:
REV. MARCH 2006 212

a) One audio and one video to meeting rooms less than 1,000 ft2 (93 m2).
b) Two audio and two video to each subdivision of meeting rooms over.,
1,000 ft2 (93 m2) ballrooms and ballroom pre-functions.
c) Four audio and five videos to up-link location for satellite truck adjacent
to truck dock.
Each restaurant and lounge to have its own unique music source originating within the
area itself or from the media center.
Each restaurant and lounge is also to have a feed from the background music source
serving the circulation areas.
Bars and live entertainment areas are to be equipped with the additional two line level
and four microphone level input receptacles with on/off and volume control at the stage
areas.
The pool areas are to be equipped with weather resistant loudspeakers.
A separate unique music source is to be provided at the children’s pool area.
Outdoor circulation areas are to have loudspeakers positioned so they provide an even
coverage in areas served, particularly in outdoor function areas, however, deliberately
omit music provisions from areas directly adjacent to guestrooms and at least half of all
circulation pathways and outdoor seating areas. Loudspeakers in outdoor function areas
are to be able to be switched to transfer circuit from background music amplifier to
local loudspeaker level input receptacle served by a portable sound rack with integral
amplifier.
The Fairmont Gold lounge is to be provided with a residential style stereo system.
Location of speakers and controls are to be coordinated with the Interior Designer. All
wiring and cabling is to be housed in concealed conduits.
Presidential and special suites are to be provided with residential style stereo system as
well as DVD players. All devices are to be of the same manufacturer and to be
compatible with the television receiver and controlled by a single remote control device.
Loudspeakers are to be provided in an outdoor patio area. These loudspeakers are to
have a dedicated amplifier connected to the suite’s audio system.
Staff training rooms and staff meeting rooms are to be provided with permanent,
remotely controlled motorized projection screen.
Boardrooms are to be provided with a permanent, remotely controlled motorized
projection screen with remote tie line from projector to front of room and background
music.
Each subdivision of all meeting rooms, ballrooms and pre-function areas are to be
provided with four sources of background music as well as local input. A recessed
mount control panel housed within a control niche adjacent to an entrance doors is to
REV. MARCH 2006 213

house the on/off and volume controls. These rooms are to be equipped with empty
conduit provisions and audio-video distribution systems. All systems are to operate in
conjunction with the lighting and drapery controls as well as the adjacent subdivisions
of each room.
The audio signals are to have a combining system that will provide a graphic visual
representation of the room status as well as automatic equalization switching upon
change of status for meeting rooms and ballroom subdivisions. These rooms must also
be capable of selecting a local source or background music from within the room itself.
When the rooms are in a combined mode, the controls within each room sub-division
will also be combined such that the manipulation of one control will affect the source
throughout the combined area and provide an indication of the relative level as well as
the source selection at each control location.
REV. MARCH 2006 214

4. ELEVATORS
4.1. General Requirements Public Elevators

Specifications are based upon Otis elevator equipment to establish a type and level of
quality. Similar equipment manufactured by other elevator companies is acceptable,
subject to approval by Fairmont Hotels and Resorts.
The following standard features are required in each elevator:
a) Average waiting time of under 30 seconds
b) Load factor of approximately 30%
c) Total trip time of less than 70 seconds
d) (For the purposes of calculating items a, b and c assume an average of 1
½ persons per room for a urban hotel and 2 persons per room for a resort
at 100% occupancy.)
e) Duty to be 3,500 lbs (1,580 kg)
f) Speed for a hotel of less than ten floor 350 feet (107 m) per minute and
exceeding ten floors of 500 (152 m) feet per minute
g) Every guest or public floor is to have a stop and an opening
h) Public area floors are to have 3’6” (1.1 m) centre opening, flush doors
with polished bronze, acid etched doors
i) Guestroom floors are to have 3’6” (1.1 m) centre opening, flush doors
with decorative door design
j) Door frames are to be concealed filler frame type with painted finish and
electronic detector
k) Door sill to be bronze
l) Hall lanterns are to type 6646DK with chimes and located adjacent to the
door frames
m) Each car is to have two car operating panels with round buttons,
emergency stop switch, emergency call button, emergency service switch,
close and open door buttons, interface with electronic card readers for
Fairmont Gold floors and descriptive engraving for public facility floors
buttons, background music speakers and an exhaust fan with sound level
not exceeding NC 30
n) The 8’6” (2.6 m) high car interiors will be based upon the Interior
Designer’s drawings incorporating a handrail, mirrors, millwork,
stonework and advertising panels
o) The car is to incorporate emergency power with automatic selection and
automatic levelling.
REV. MARCH 2006 215

4.2. Service Elevators

Specifications are based upon Otis elevator equipment to establish a type and level of
quality. Similar equipment manufactured by other elevator companies is acceptable,
subject to approval by Fairmont Hotels and Resorts.
The service elevators are to have the following features:
Not less than two service cars and one freight elevator or approximately 75% of the
quantity of passenger cars, whichever the greater
Duty to be 4,000 lbs (1,815 kg)
Speed to be 400 feet (122 m) per minute
Every floor to have a stop and an 3’6” (1.1 m) wide opening
Cars to have flush doors with baked enamel finish and electronic detector
Each car to have a single stainless steel operating panel with emergency stop switch,
emergency call button, emergency service switch and close and open buttons
The 8’6” (2.6 m) high car interior is to have carpeted walls (if permitted by code, if not
to be off white baked enamel) with a 12” x 12” (300 x 300 cm) mono dark brown
rubber floor tiles, hardwood handrail and cart rail and hooks for protective pads
The car is to incorporate emergency power with automatic selection and automatic
levelling.
REV. MARCH 2006 216

5. ELECTRONIC LOCKING SYSTEM
TimeLox or other approved non-hardwired electronic lock system supplier are to

provide a project specific package, inclusive of all items outlined below unless other
stated, for approval by Fairmont Hotels and Resorts corporate office before a contract to
supply and install can be executed:
Software requirements to be Windows NT based software
a) One TimeLox modem package for “on-line” diagnostics and
support
b) One TimeLox 2300 Windows software package and user licence
c) One handheld communications unit used to program and
interrogate TimeLox locks together with TimeLox external power
up contact card.
Hardware to have the following features:
a) One TimeLox server for system (located in computer room)
b) Cabling from all terminals using CAT 5e cable
c) Computer with CD RW ROM and 17” (43 cm) colour VDU,
Pentium 4 with a minimum speed of 500 Mhz, Windows NT and
licence and associated slots
d) Computer, and all equipment to be connected to UPS.
TimeLox automatic card encoder with 110V x 15A dedicated electrical duplex outlet to
the following positions:
a) One at each front desk position
b) One at each Fairmont Gold front desk position
c) One at each concierge desk position
d) One at security
e) One at MIS
f) One spare.
Encoders should use Ethernet cabling between front desk terminals and must be one-
line to server.
a) One management terminal for each of the following:
b) Administration at front desk
c) Administration at vacation ownership
REV. MARCH 2006 217

Electronic Locking System (continued)
d) Security desk.
Three handheld communications units (for engineering, security and one spare)
a) Necessary network switches/hubs to be placed as required to
service all above locations.
System to include the following features:
a) Must be able to upgrade from magstripe card to smartcart without
changing lockset hardware
b) Shall have a minimum of eight failsafe cards per room (in the
event of power failure, property will continue to be able to check
guests in)
c) Shall have a minimum of thirty user types (or levels) and a
minimum of two hundred and fifty six user groups (employee
access areas) and should be able to issue up to ten thousand user
cards
d) A custom built configuration according to the property wants the
electronic system to be configured
e) Have the ability to interface or integrate with the property
management system
f) Shall have a system access to the system operations with a
password and operator card protection, and user defined by
g) property with regards to what functions can be done with what
security level
h) Keycard information encoded on track 3 of a standard American
banking card
i) Keycard encoding information must be in an encrypted form
j) Guest cards must have a start time, end time and issue time
encoded at the time the card is encoded
k) Guest cards must be able to be encoded in advance to start at a
specific date and time in the future
l) Must be able to issue unlimited number of master keycards
m) Shall have a device for elevator control, whereby certain hotel
floors can be access by both date and time.
n) TimeLox to supply appropriate number of bland keycards,
customized with specific Hotel artwork to cover the first twelve
months of operation.
REV. MARCH 2006 218

5.1. Services and Systems Standards Details
Page
ALARM / VIP / ASSISTANCE BUTTON SYSTEM RISER DIAGRAM 220
REV. MARCH 2006 219

REV. MARCH 2006 220

6. TECHNOLOGY SERVICES – DATA CABLING SPECIFICATIONS
6.1. Equipment Price Breakdown

a) The network cabling contractor shall provide a price breakdown, included in
response to defined scope of work, for voice and data cabling, terminations, patch
panels and certification as specified below. Rough in consisting of conduit, boxes
and pull string to be included as specified. Conduiting to be provided by the
electrical contractor.
b) The network cabling contractor shall provide a closet-by-closet price breakdown as
outlined in the example below. This will start with the main computer room, then
move up to subsequent wiring closets on each of the guest floors. The network
cabling contractor will supply a summarized grand total at the end of the quote.
c) Additional items requested will be itemized in the same manner as shown below.
The contractor will supply a separate summarized grad total with those numbers
included.
d) The need to amend or modify the installation specification may arise. The hotels
representative prior the installation must approve any changes or amendments.
Example of a price breakdown per floor data

Main Computer Room
Product/Manufacturer Quantity Price

CAT 5e plenum rated jacket horizontal wiring
RJ45 Data connection in guest room
10 ft. CAT 5e patch cord for guest room
48 Port HD horizontal termination
24 Port HD horizontal termination
4 ft. CAT 5e patch cords for IDF
6 Strand 50/125 um Multi mode fiber backbone, with flex
conduit to computer room.
Fiber rack mount patch panel “ 6 port SC termination”
SC connectors
6 ft. SC – SC fiber patch cables
4 ft Wall mount cabinet with fan.
19 inch. Rack mount surge protected power bar. “Min 6 port”
TOTAL MATERIAL
LABOR
TOTAL
REV. MARCH 2006 221

6.2. Summary of Project
Overview
a) The scope of this project includes the complete supply and installation of a Cabling
System for Voice, Data, Video and Control applications.
b) This cabling system shall be based on a physical star cabling topology that is
designed with a single manufactures end-to-end solution, as specified herein.
c) The proposed cabling system must be applications-independent and network
technology-neutral.
End-to-End System Requirements
To ensure all performance requirements are met, a single manufacturer for each copper and
optical fiber cabling shall be defined, designed, installed, tested, and warranted as an end-to-
end system. All components of the offered system shall be from the manufacturers product
portfolio. If a single manufacturer’s components are not used, then the cabling contractor must
be certified to install the various components. A structured cabling system is to be made up of a
number of interdependent subsystems, including amongst others:
a) The Work Area subsystem, where station equipment is connected to the

Telecommunications Outlet/Connector or the Multi-User Telecommunications
Outlet Assembly (MUTOA) with modular cords (the cords may be equipped with
baluns, media filters and/or adapters, if required).
b) The Horizontal Cabling subsystem, which may include a Consolidation Point.
c) The Horizontal Cross-connect subsystem, which is located in the
Telecommunications Closet.
d) The Backbone Cabling subsystem, which provides the in-building cabling to link
the Horizontal Cross-connect to the Main/Intermediate Cross-connect.
e) The Main/Intermediate Cross-connect subsystem, which is generally located in the
Equipment Room.
f) The Campus subsystem, which provides the inter-building cabling to link the Main
Cross-connect in the central campus building to the Intermediate Cross-connect(s)
in the satellite building(s) on campus.
REV. MARCH 2006 222

Figure 1 - A Structured Cabling System
Work Area
HC
Horizontal
Cabling
HC
Telecommunications
HC Closet
Backbone Cabling
MC Equipment room
Entrance Access
Facilities lines or
to other
buildings
REV. MARCH 2006 223

6.3 Specification Summary
Computer Room Specifications
All cable shall be 4-pair enhanced category 5, unshielded twisted pair cable. All cabling shall
be in a metal or PVC conduit.
The Computer room should have CAT5e cables run to other critical rooms as follows:
- 2 CAT5e cables to the PBX room
- 2 CAT5e cables to the Head End room for Pay TV Systems
Guest Room Specifications
be in a metal or PVC conduit. Where conduit is not provided in existing hotels, cable shall be
plenum rated where regulation require.
a) Voice
Each telephone line will be run with Cat 5 e cable (see section 3.1, distance
applies to Data only), as well all jacks must terminated on RJ-11 jacks and
installed onto a dual jack faceplate. Voice RJ-11 jacks must be terminated with a
BLACK Connector/Jack.
Each room shall have (suites have special configurations):

One two-line jack at the bed.
One two-line jack at the desk.
One single line jack in the guestroom washroom (where applicable)
NOTE: For Voice only, a single cable can be run into one of the locations (Desk
area preferably) and the other phone connections can be daisy chained from that
location.
b) Data
Each data line will be run with Cat 5 e cable (see section 7.1), terminated on an 8
wire, 8-position jack. Each RJ-45 Data connection will be terminated with a
BLUE Data jack.
Each room shall have (suites have special configurations):

One data port at the desk.
One port for the TV
REV. MARCH 2006 224

Administration Specifications
a) Voice
Each telephone line will be run with Cat 5 e cable (see section 7.1, distance
applies to Data only), as well all jacks must terminated on RJ-11 jacks and
installed onto a quad jack faceplate. Voice RJ-11 jacks must be terminated with a
Each workstation area shall have:

Two RJ-11C terminations.
b) Data
Each data line will be run with Cat 5 e cable (see section 7.1), terminated on an 8
wire, 8-position jack. Each RJ-45 Data connection will be terminated with a
BLUE Data jack.
Each workstation area shall have:

Two RJ-45 terminations.
Meeting and Ballrooms Specifications
Each meeting room and divisible section of meeting rooms or ballrooms shall have at least, one
quad jack faceplate with two RJ-11C terminations and two RJ-45 terminations for data. Each
voice and data line will be run with Cat 5 e cable (see section 7.1, distance applies to Data
only). This jack shall be mounted in an appropriate A/V niche to provide maximum service to
the space, usually at the front or side of the room. Voice RJ-11 jacks must be terminated with a
Each divisible section of a large meeting rooms and all sections of ballrooms shall have one 6-
plex jack with each jack terminated as RJ-11 C for voice. In addition it shall also have at least,
one quad jack faceplate with two RJ-45 terminations for data. Each voice and data line will be
run with Cat 5 e cable (see section 7.1, distance applies to Data only). These jacks shall be
mounted in an appropriate A/V niche to provide maximum service to the space, usually at the
front or side of the room.
REV. MARCH 2006 225

Meeting and Ballroom Specifications (continued)
Each meeting room and divisible section of meeting rooms or ballrooms shall have. Sufficient
additional voice jacks in A/V niches to provide the required level of service.
The pre-function space to large meeting rooms and ballrooms and main meeting room corridors
of function space shall have sufficient voice and data cables to provide computer, registration
and telephone service at the entrances to these rooms for groups using these facilities. Each
voice and data line will be run with Cat 5 e cable (see section 7.1, distance applies to Data
only).
Meeting room and Ballroom convention facilities will run all voice and data lines to a specified
IDF. These lines will be terminated on separate patch panel blocks, one for voice and one for
data. The voice patch panel will allow connections between the end or room point of the voice
connection to the patch block in the cross connect closet, both end with RJ-11 connectors. In a
similar set-up there will be a block in the cross connect closet that will connect to a block in the
PBX room also using RJ-11 connector panel blocks. The Data Connection will be terminated
and mounted on an appropriate rack system that will allow for network equipment to be
mounted as well.
In open areas, gathering areas of convention space, CAT5E should be placed outside the actual
meeting rooms themselves. Power should also be made available near the CAT5E connection.
This will allow Technology Services to add Wireless Access points to allow wireless laptops
and devices to be used for the convention.
6.4 Food & Beverage Point of Sales Cabling

Standards and specification

All Food & Beverage point of sale cables shall be 4-pair, enhanced category 5, unshielded
twisted pair cable. It shall meet all of the same performance criteria as for the Local Area
Network (Section 7.1). Each RJ-45 Data connection will be terminated with a BLUE Data jack.
Point of Sale jack locations

Restaurant, bar, service stand terminal positions:
A quad jack faceplate, two RJ-11 C terminations for voice. In addition there will be two RJ-45
connections for data.
Order printer locations:

One simplex faceplate with an RJ-45 termination.
REV. MARCH 2006 226

6.5 Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF)
be in a metal or PVC conduit, all conduits to be sized 20% larger than minimum recommended
size for number of cable runs. Where conduit is not provided, cable shall be plenum rated
where regulation require.
a) Voice:
All voice cables in meeting rooms, pre-function rooms and main Meeting room
corridors shall terminate on a patch panel close to the meeting space or located in
an A/V control room near the meeting space. This will permit the hotel to patch a
variety of services to any meeting room.
All guest room voice (telephone, fax, modem) wiring will terminate as practical
on intermediate distribution frames supporting the voice cabling for the building.
Guest room voice and modem/fax lines will run live to the telephone switch. All
guest room modem wiring will terminate on a patch panel (unless otherwise
specified) to be located in the PBX/PABX switch room to permit switching of
ISDN to guest rooms. See later section describing the patch panel requirements.
Administration and back of house voice (telephone, fax, modem) wiring will
terminate as practical on intermediate distribution frames arranged to support the
cabling on a given administration floor or area. It may be more practical to route
such cabling direction to the telephone switch room; however, the intent is to
design a cabling structure that minimizes the total amount of cable and conduit
required to keep costs down while adhering to the operating requirements of the
hotel.
Voice riser cable or backbone cable (cable that links the intermediate distribution
frames to the main distribution frame in the switch room) shall be run from each
intermediate distribution frames to the main distribution frame in the telephone
switch room utilizing 25,50, 100 or 200 pair bundles of category enhanced
category 5 cable. If circumstances require (e.g. a large spread out resort with
multiple buildings), this backbone cabling may be more efficiently run using
Fiber optics (see section 7.1).
b) Data
Guest room data wiring will terminate on an enhanced category 5 patch panel in
each floor’s intermediate distribution frames (or the intermediate distribution
frames serving that floor). There must be sufficient space and electricity to power
data concentrators/hubs in each location. (See section 7.2 & 7.3)
Administration data wiring will be routed wherever possible to the hotel computer
room and terminated on an enhanced category 5 patch panel located there. If it is
REV. MARCH 2006 227

Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF) continued
more practical, or the 90 m distance limitation from wall jack to hub in computer
room will be exceeded, the cabling may be routed to an mF serving those
administration locations. There must be sufficient space and electricity to power
data concentrators/hubs in each location where the patch panels are located. (See
section 7.2 & 7.3)
Data intermediate distribution frames will be linked to the hotel computer room
using either Fiber optic cables. (See section 7.1 & 7.5).
6.6. Network Equipment

All network connectivity will be achieved by using Cisco 10/100 switching products.
Equipment specifications and Pricing shall go through the Technology Services to utilize
Fairmont Hotels & Resorts special pricing with Cisco Systems.
6.7. Uninterruptable Power/Dedicated Power

Provide uninterruptible power for all equipment in the main wiring closet (server room). This
UPS is connected to the hotel generator. Sufficient battery time must be available at full load to
enable the system to remain operating until the switch to generator power or be shut down
gracefully.
UPS power “15 amps, 110 V/60/1 “ must also provided (North American Specification;
equivalent for local power in other countries) to each IDC that houses network
connectivity.
All Isolated ground and UPS receptacles should be identified using a different colour, e.g.
orange or red.
6.8 Vendor Qualification
Purchaser
The General Contractor shall be referred to as the Purchaser.
Manufacturer
Manufacturer refers to the company that is responsible for the manufacturing of the copper and
optical fiber cabling.
The manufacturer is to be responsible for producing all design and installation

guidelines and training required by a vendor to provide an end-to-end cabling system.
REV. MARCH 2006 228

Manufacturer (continued)
The manufacturer, in conjunction with the vendor, is to be responsible for providing

the product warranty and the lifetime application performance assurance for the
cabling system.
All cabling, termination hardware, and cordage shall be sourced from a single manufacturer to
ensure the product quality necessary for end-to-end system performance and to obtain the
product warranty and lifetime application performance assurance for the manufacturers cabling
system.
Vendor
The bidder, including any subcontractor, shall show proven expertise in the implementation of
cabling projects. This expertise can be illustrated through the inclusion of details of at least
three projects involving the design and installation of enhanced Category 5 unshielded twisted-
pair (hereafter referred to as UTP) and optical fiber cabling systems within the past two year
period. Names, addresses and telephone numbers of references for the three projects shall be
included.
The successful bidder shall hereafter be referred to as the Vendor.
The Vendor shall accept complete responsibility for the design, installation, acceptance testing
and certification of the manufactures copper optical fiber cabling system.
The Vendor shall provide proof of current manufacturer certification status, and shall deliver
certification of the installed manufactures cabling system to the Purchaser.
Installer
Either employees of the Vendor or subcontractors shall perform the installation of the
manufactures copper and optical fiber cabling system. Organizations assigned as subcontractors
shall be required to provide proof of manufactures authorization to install copper and optical
fiber cabling.
All work shall be performed and supervised by technicians and managers qualified to install
and test the manufactures optical fiber cabling system in accordance with the manufacturers
requirements.
In the event that subcontractors are used for any portion of the installation or acceptance
testing, the Vendor shall be responsible for any subsequent corrective action required on that
portion.
REV. MARCH 2006 229

6.9. Reference Standards

The components and systems shall meet all the applicable requirements of the latest issue of the
following specifications:
a. ANSI/TIA/EIA-568
b. ANSI/TIA/EIA-569
c. ANSI/TIA/EIA-606
d. ANSI/TIA/EIA-607
e. TIA/EIA TSB67
TIA/EIA TSB72
f. TIA/EIA TSB75
g. ISO/IEC 11801
h. IEC 603-7
i. CENELEC EN50173
j. ANSI/ICEA S-90-661
k. ANSI/ICEA S-80-576
l. ANSI/ICEA S-83-596
m. ANSI/ICEA S-83-640
ANSI/EIA/TIA-492AAAA
n. ANSI/TIA/EIA-472CAAA
o. ANSI/TIA/EIA-472DAAA
p. ANSI/TIA/EIA-598
q. ANSI/TIA/EIA-455
r. ANSI/TIA/EIA-604
6.10. Warranties
Qualification of System
a) A certification program provided by the manufacturer and the vendor will cover the installed
copper and optical fiber cabling system.
b) Telecommunications spaces and pathways in new buildings or in those buildings
having undergone major renovations in the preceding three years should conform to
the requirements per TIA/EIA-569. In cases of installations in restrictive spaces
and pathways, where it is impossible to implement the aforementioned
requirements, the cabling runs shall not exceed the maximum distances specified in
ANSI/TIA/EIA-568 and shall not in any manner diminish the performance of the
manufactures copper and optical fiber cabling system.
c) The installed manufactures copper and optical fiber cabling system shall conform
to all applicable local building and electrical codes.
REV. MARCH 2006 230

Certification
a) To qualify for system certification, a manufactures copper and optical fiber cabling
system shall be designed, engineered, installed and tested by a manufacturer
certified vendor.
b) To qualify for system certification, the installed cabling system shall fully comply
with all relevant manufacturer design guidelines, including acceptable deviations as
specified in the latest release of the manufacturers certification guide.
c) To qualify for system certification, only a single manufactures approved products
shall be used to ensure end-to-end system performance. The full manufactures
product warranty and lifetime performance assurance can only be provided to
systems built using products supplied by the chosen manufacturer.
Lifetime Application Assurance
a) The manufacturers certification shall provide the assurance that all present and
future applications engineered for the performance level of the cabling system used
will work for the lifetime of the certified copper and optical fiber cabling system.
b) Should the certified copper and optical fiber cabling system fail to support the
application(s) designed to operate over it—whether at the time of cutover to the
new cabling system, during subsequent use, or after upgrading to a newer
supported application (for example, to a Fast Ethernet or an ATM network from a
lower-speed network environment) the manufacturer and the vendor shall take
prompt corrective action.
Product Warranty
The manufacturers certification shall provide a twenty-five year product warranty for all
passive components used in the installed copper and optical fiber cabling system.
Defective and/or improperly installed products shall be replaced and/or correctly installed at no
cost Fairmont Hotels & Resorts.
6.11. Vendor Submittals
The Vendor shall provide Fairmont Hotels & Resorts with the following:
a) A hard copy of all test results for approval and system acceptance.
b) Manufacturers users manual, at the completion of the project.
c) Manufacturers application guidelines (where available) for network technologies,
which will operate over the manufacturers copper and optical fiber cabling system
at the completion of the project.
REV. MARCH 2006 231

6.12. Testing Requirements
UTP System Testing
a) There are two primary field test parameters for an UTP-based end-to-end cabling
system. These are continuity/wire mapping and a visual inspection, both to be
performed by the vendor.
b) Continuity/wire mapping is used to verify consistency pair-to-pin terminations at
each end of a given cable. It also checks for faulty connections in the run. For each
of the eight conductors in the cable, continuity/wire mapping indicates:
Continuity of the channel to the remote end.
Shorts between any two or more conductors.
Crossed pairs.
Reversed pairs.
Split pairs.
Any other mis-wiring.
Optical Fiber System Testing
a) There is one primary field test parameter for an optical fiber-based end-to-end
system. This is attenuation testing, to be performed by the Vendor.
b) Since optical signal attenuation at one wavelength is independent of the attenuation
at a second wavelength, the attenuation of the channel should be measured at both
standard wavelengths (850 nm and 1300 nm) for backbone links. Either wavelength
can be used for the testing of horizontal links.
c) Optical fiber field-test light sources must operate within 820-880 nm and/or 1280-
1320 nm wavelength range(s) for multimode system testing.
Additional UTP System Testing
All the parameters per TIA/EIA TSB67 must be verified using a Level II accuracy field tester.
TIA/EIA TSB67 defines two post-installation test configurations for UTP telecommunications
cabling systems designed in accordance with ANSI/TIA/EIA-568 requirements—a channel test
configuration and a basic link test configuration. The required test configuration for this end-to-
end structured cabling system is the channel configuration as all the components and all
possible sources of installation error are included in the testing.
REV. MARCH 2006 232

7. TECHNOLOGY SERVICES – PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
7.1. Cabling Overview

Enhanced Category 5 UTP specifications
a) The UTP-based cabling system shall have a 160 MHz channel bandwidth over a
maximum distance of 100m (328 ft) and a channel power sum attenuation-to-
crosstalk ratio (PSACR) of 9.6 dB @ 100 MHz using an interconnect or BIX cross
connect configuration.
b) The UTP-based cabling system shall use matched components from a single
manufacturer, certified to deliver system performance over the lifetime of the
applications that the cabling system was originally designed to support.
c) All components used in the UTP-based cabling system shall be warranted for a
period of 25 years from date of installation against defects in materials and
workmanship.
d) The UTP-based cabling system shall comply with the following standards:
Enhanced Category 5 - TIA/EIA Addendum
Category 5 - ANSI/TIA/EIA-568, TIA/EIA TSB67
Class D - CENELEC EN50173
Class D - ISO/IEC 11801
Optical Fiber Cabling System
a) The optical fiber-based cabling system shall provide a 160 MHz-km bandwidth @
850 nm and 500 MHz-km bandwidth @ 1300 nm using 50/125 micron 6 strand
multimode optical fiber.
b) The optical fiber-based cabling system shall use matched components from a single
manufacturer, certified to deliver system performance over the lifetime of the
applications that the cabling system was originally designed to support.
c) All components used in the optical fiber-based cabling system shall be warranted
for a period of 25 years from date of installation against defects in materials and
workmanship.
d) The optical fiber-based cabling system shall comply with the following standards:
ANSI/TIA/EIA-568
CENELEC EN50173
ISO/IEC 11801
e) The optical fiber-based cabling system shall be capable of supporting the following
native fiber-based applications as well as environments where native copper-based
electrical signals are converted to an optical stream:
Gigabit Ethernet (1000BASE-SX and LX)
Fast Ethernet (100BASE-FX)
REV. MARCH 2006 233

7.2. Horizontal Cabling
Horizontal
HC Cabling
a) The intended use is to provide a 100 ohm UTP signalling path between the Horizontal
Cross-connect in the Telecommunications Closet and the Telecommunications
Outlet/Connector serving the Work Area(s).
b) The horizontal UTP cable shall meet or exceed the enhanced Category 5 transmission
characteristics per the latest issue of ANSI/TIA/EIA-568.
c) The plenum version of the horizontal UTP cable shall be ETL or UL Listed and CSA
Certified as Type CMP, in accordance with the Bi-national Standard for Communications
Cable, UL 444/C22.2 No. 214-94.
d) The non-plenum version of the horizontal UTP cable shall be ETL or UL Listed and CSA
Certified as Type CMR or CM, in accordance with the Bi-national Standard for
Communications Cable, UL 444/C22.2 No. 214-94.
e) The horizontal UTP cable shall comply with Class A limits of FCC Part 15, Subpart J for
computing devices for electromagnetic radiation when tested with appropriate
networking protocols.
REV. MARCH 2006 234

7.3. Cross-connect/Interconnect Systems
Communications
HC Closet
Equipment
MC Room
Data Interconnect / Rack Mount Patch Panel System
a) The intended use is to provide a centralized, rack mounted termination, identification and
service assignment point for UTP horizontal, backbone and equipment cabling at the
horizontal or main cross connect, using modular cord assemblies.
b) The connection module used in the rack mount UTP cross-connect/interconnect system
shall be Power Sum rated, with a Power Sum NEXT performance equal to or better than
ANSI/TIA/EIA-568 Category 5 pair-to-pair NEXT performance specifications.
c) The connection module used in the rack mount UTP cross-connect/interconnect system
shall be available in both the T568A-ISDN and T568B-ALT wiring configurations.
REV. MARCH 2006 235

7.4. Data Communications Outlets
Legend Work Area
Telecommunications
Outlet/Connector
Cord Assemblies
UTP Outlets
a) The outlet UTP connection module and its optional cover shall be available in the
following colors: grey, almond, white, black, orange, red, yellow, green, blue, purple, and
brown.
b) The outlet UTP connection module shall be Power Sum rated, with a Power Sum NEXT
performance equal to or better than ANSI/TIA/EIA-568 Category 5 pair-to-pair NEXT
performance specifications, and shall have a PS5 marking to indicate compliance.
c) The eight-position outlet UTP connection module shall accommodate six-position
modular plug modular cords without damage to either the cord or the module.
d) It shall be possible to inspect and/or re-terminate the UTP cable at the outlet through
front access at the faceplate.
e) The faceplate housing the outlet UTP connection modules shall have aperture plugs to
cover any unused openings in the faceplate.
f) It shall be possible to install the outlet UTP connection modules in wall mounted single
and dual-gang electrical boxes, utility poles and modular furniture (cubicle) access points
using manufacturer-supplied faceplates and/or adapters, equipped with front, side or
angled-entry options for modular cords.
g) The faceplate housing the outlet UTP connection modules shall be available in the
following colors: grey, almond, white, and black.
REV. MARCH 2006 236

UTP Cables
a) The modular cord assembly shall meet or exceed the short link NEXT requirements of 38
dB when tested with enhanced Category 5 connecting hardware.
b) The modular cord cable shall be 4-pair, with 24 AWG solid or stranded copper
conductors.
c) The modular cord assemblies shall be 10 feet in the guest rooms, and 4 feet for patching
in the wiring closets.
d) Modular cross over cables will be four feet in length with a yellow cable jacket.
e) The modular cord assembly shall meet the requirements per the latest issue of
ANSI/TIA/EIA-568.
f) The modular cord assembly shall meet the requirements per the latest issue of ISO/IEC
11801.
REV. MARCH 2006 237

7.5. Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling System
HC
Backbone
Cabling
MC
Backbone Cabling
a) The intended use is to provide a multimode 50/125-micron optical fiber signalling path
between the Main/Intermediate Cross-connect and the Horizontal Cross-connect.
b) The in-building backbone optical fiber cable shall be available with a minimum of six
strand fibers placed in a color-coded subunit bundle with armoured strength elements.
c) The in-building backbone optical fiber cable shall be available with multimode 50/125-
micron construction, with either Riser (OFNR) or Plenum (OFNP) fire rating.
Optical Fiber Rack Mount System
a) The intended use is to provide a centralized, rack-mounted termination, identification and

service assignment point for optical fiber.
b) The optical fiber cross-connect/interconnect system rack mount shall be a 12, 24 or 48-
fiber unit, with a double-density option to double the number of connections to 24, 48 or
96 without requiring additional rack space.
c) The optical fiber cross-connect/interconnect system rack mount shall be equipped with
either a swing out or a sliding drawer mechanism for access to fibers.
d) The optical fiber cross-connect/interconnect system rack mount shall be capable of
terminating tight buffered or loose tube optical fiber cables and all popular connector
types.
e) The optical fiber cross-connect/interconnect system rack mount shall provide for bend
radius control throughout the panel as well as storage space for slack cabling.
REV. MARCH 2006 238

Optical Fiber Interconnect Systems
a) The optical fiber field-installable connector shall be an SC format, for installation onto
multimode 50/125-micron fiber.
b) The optical fiber connectors shall have a typical Insertion Loss of 0.3 dB.
c) The optical fiber connectors shall have a typical Reflectance of -30 dB.
Optical Fiber Patch Cables
a) Fiber pigtails will be 50/125 um, multimode with SC terminations at both ends.
b) The fiber pigtails will be 0.9 meters in length.
REV. MARCH 2006 239

8. TECHNOLOGY SERVICES – COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
8.1. Room Specifications
Telephone Equipment Room
a) The telephone equipment room should have an area of approximately 25 m2.

Provide adjacent entrance facilities where required by local telephone service
provider. Size and configuration of room to be confirmed with equipment
manufacturer(s).
b) Electrical requirements should be sufficient to supply a Northern Telecom

Meridian system or Fairmont Hotels approved equivalent. Consultants to confirm
with manufacturer of switching equipment to confirm actual power supply, cabling
and conduit requirements prior completing design.
c) The equipment room should be located as close as possible to main cable risers and
computer room.
d) UPS : Emergency evaporative or gel type battery back-up to be provided with

system.
e) Provide supports for equipment and HVAC as per equipment manufacturer’s

requirements.
Telephone Operators’ Room
a) Room should have an area of approximately 20m2 (based on a 300-400 rooms

hotel) to accommodate two or three attendants with one supervisor. Supervisory
equipment terminals (security, fire alarm etc...) must also be accommodated in this
room.
b) This room may be included with Fairmont Hotel’s Royal Service which combines
other telephone-dependant guest services (room service, concierge, etc...). To be
determined by FHR in final design brief.
REV. MARCH 2006 240

Computer Room
a) A main central computer shall be provided in the accounting offices area to house
all network servers. The Systems Manager’s office should be located next to the
computer room with glazed partition between.
b) The floor finish should be anti-static VAT, ceiling w/suspended acoustic tiles.
c) All cabling to be installed in ceiling mounted open cable trays.
d) The room should be air conditioned with an independent unit hooked up to the
emergency power supply to maintain the room at 20°C (± 3°C) and 50% RH.
e) Ventilation and AC system to be provided with high efficiency filters.
f) Provide temperature sensors connected to the EMS to enable low/high temperature

alarm.
g) No pipes or equipment containing liquid are to be installed above the computer

room except for sprinkler pipes where they are required by local bylaws or building
code.
h) Smoke detector and fire extinguisher to be provided in computer room.
i) Lighting to be recessed fluorescent fixtures on emergency power supply.
j) Electrical supply to on dedicated circuits from the hotel’s main distribution panel.
k) A minimum of 10 KVA power supply is required.
l) UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply) must be provided (10 KVA, 3 phase, 208/120
VAC with non-evaporative type battery back-up).
m) Number of outlets varies depending on equipment provided by FHR. Generally one

duplex 120 VAC, 15A outlet will be required for each Server, and one outlet for
each PC, Monitor, printer, modem and network hub. A typical 400-room hotel will
require approximately 16 duplex outlets in the computer room. Exact number of
outlet will be confirmed with FHR prior to completing construction documents and
specifications.
n) The computer equipment shall be mounted on a shelving system; this system will
allow equipment to be plugged in.
REV. MARCH 2006 241

REV. MARCH 2006 242

Fairmont Hotels & Resorts · Design Standards APPENDICES
F. APPENDICES
1. HARDWARE

A. This Section includes door hardware items that are required for swing, sliding
and folding doors, except special types of unique hardware specified in the same
sections as the doors and door frames on which they are to be installed.
B. This Section includes, but is not limited to, the following:
a) Hinges
b) Pivots
c) Spring hinges
d) Key control systems
e) Lock cylinders and keys
f) Lock and latch sets
g) Bolts
h) Exit devices
i) Push/pull units
j) Closers
k) Overhead holders
l) Miscellaneous door control devices
m) Door trim units
n) Protection plates
o) Sliding door equipment
p) Weatherstripping for exterior doors
q) Sound stripping for doors
r) Automatic drop seals (door bottoms)
s) Astragals or meeting seals on pairs of doors
t) Thresholds
REV. MARCH 2006 243

C. Items not included in this section:
a) Cabinet hardware
b) Roll-up door hardware
1.2. Submittals to Fairmont Hotels & Resorts (FHR)

A. The Contractor shall submit two bound binders containing the manufacturer’s
technical product data for each item of door hardware, installation instruction,
maintenance of operating parts and finish, together with other information
necessary to show compliance with requirements.
B. The Contractor shall also submit a final hardware schedule coordinated with
doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function,
and finish of door hardware.
1. Based on hardware indicated, organize schedule into “hardware sets”

indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or
opening. Include the following information:
a) Type, style function, size, and finish of each hardware item.

b) Name and manufacturer of each item
Fastenings and other pertinent
c) Location of each hardware set cross referenced to indications
on drawings, both on floor plans and in door and frame
schedule
d) Explanation of all abbreviations, symbols, and codes
contained in schedule
e) Mounting locations for hardware
f) Door and frame sizes and materials
g) Keying information
2. An initial draft of the final schedule along with essential product data in
order to facilitate the fabrication of other work that is critical to the
construction schedule shall also be submitted by the Contractor. A final
schedule shall also be submitted, but only after samples, product data,
coordinated with shop drawings of other work, delivery schedules, and
similar information has been completed and accepted.
3. A separate detailed schedule indicating clearly how the keying of locks

has been scheduled shall also be submitted by the Contractor. A meeting
is to be arranged between the Contactor and FHR to finalize keying
requirements and obtain final instructions in writing.
REV. MARCH 2006 244

Submittals to Fairmont Hotels & Resorts (continued)
C. The Contractor shall submit samples of each type of exposed hardware unit in
finish indicated and tagged with full description for coordination with schedule.
Submit samples prior to submission of final hardware schedule.
D. The Contractor shall furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance
instructions as needed for FHR’s continued adjustment, maintenance and
removal and replacement of door hardware.
1.3. Quality Assurance
A. Obtain each type of hardware (latch and lock sets, hinges, closers, etc.) from a
single manufacturer.
1.4. Approved Manufacturers
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by

one of the following:
1. Butts and Hinges:

a) Hager Hinge Co.
b) McKinney Product Co.
c) Stanley Hardware, Div. Stanley Works
2. Pivots:
a) Rixson-Firemark, Div. Yale Security Inc.
b) H.B. Ives, Div. Ingersoll-Rand Door Hardware Group
3. Key Control System:

a) Key Control Systems, Inc.
b) Telkee Inc.
4. Cylinders and Locks:

a) Corbin & Russwin Architectural Hardware
b) Sargent Manufacturing Company
c) Schlage Lock, Div. Ingersoll-Rand Door Hardware Group
5. Bolts
a) Builders Brass Works Corp.
b) Rockwood Manufacturing
c) H.B. Ives, Div. Ingersoll-Rand Door Hardware Group
REV. MARCH 2006 245

Approved Manufacturers (continued)
6. Exit/Panic Devices
b) Precision Hardware, Inc.
c) Sargent Manufacturing Company
d) Von Duprin, Div. Ingersoll-Rand Door Hardware Group
7. Push/Pull Units:
a) Baldwin Hardware Corp.
c) Don-Jo
d) H.B. Ives, Div. Ingersoll-Rand Door Hardware Group
e) Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company (Trimco)
f) Custom push/pull to be as selected by Owner
8. Overhead Closers:
b) LCN, Div. Ingersoll-Rand Door Hardware Group
c) Norton Door Controls, Div. Yale Security Inc.
d) Sargent Manufacturing Company
9. Smoke-Activated Closers:
b) Norton Door Controls, Div. Yale Security Inc.
c) Rixson-Firemark, Div. Yale Security Inc.
d) LCN, Div. Ingersoll-Rand Door Hardware Group
10. Floor Closers

a) Dorma Door Controls International
b) Rixson-Firemark, Div. Yale Security Inc.
11. Door Control Devices:

b) Builders Brass Works Corp.
c) Rockwood Manufacturing
d) Glynn-Johnson Corp., Div. Ingersoll-Rand Door Hardware Group
e) H.B. Ives, Div. Ingersoll-Rand Door Hardware Group
f) Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company (Trimco)
12. Door Trim Units:

b) Builders Brass Works Corp.
d) Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company (Trimco)
REV. MARCH 2006 246

Approved Manufacturers (continued)
e) Don-Jo
f) Rockwood Manufacturing
13. Kick, Mop, and Armor Plates:

d) Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company (Trimco)
e) Don-Jo
14. Door Stripping and Seals:

a) National Guard Products, Inc.
b) Pemko Manufacturing Co., Inc.
c) Reese Enterprises, Inc.
d) Zero International, Inc.
15. Thresholds:
b) Pemko Manufacturing Co., Inc.
c) Reese Enterprises Inc.
16. Automatic Drop Seals:

b) Pemko Manufacturing Co. Inc.
17. Astragals:
b) Pemko Manufacturing Co. Inc.
1.5 Hardware Designation

A. Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size, and other distinctive
qualities of each type of finish hardware are indicated at the end of this Section.
Products are identified by using hardware designation numbers of the following:
1. ANSI/BHMA designations used elsewhere in this Section or in

schedules to describe hardware items or to define quality or function are
REV. MARCH 2006 247

Hardware Designation (continued)
derived from the following standards. Provide products complying with

these standards and requirements specified elsewhere in this Section.
a) Butts and Hinges: ANSI/BHMA A156.1

b) Bored and Pre-assembled Locks and Latches: ANSI/BHMA
A156.2
c) Exit Devices: ANSI/BHMA A156.3
d) Door Controls – Closers: ANSI/BHMA A156.4
e) Auxiliary Locks and Associated Products: ANSI/BHMA A156.5
f) Architectural Door Trim: ANSI/BHMA A156.6
g) Template Hinge Dimensions: ANSI/BHMA A156.7
h) Door Controls – Overhead Holders: ANSI/BHMA A156.8
i) Interconnected Locks and Latches: ANSI/BHMA A156.12
j) Mortise Locks and Latches: ANSI/BHMA A156.13
k) Sliding and Folding Door Hardware: ANSI/BHMA A156.14
l) Closer Holder Release Devises: ANSI/BHMA A156.15
m) Auxiliary Hardware: ANSI/BHMA A156.16
n) Self-Closing Hinges and Pivots: ANSI/BHMA A156.17
o) Materials and Finishes: ANSI/BHMA A156.18.
1.6. Materials and Fabrication
A. Do not use manufacturers’ products that have manufacturer’s name or trade

name displayed in a visible location (omit removable name plates) except in
conjunction with required fire-rated labels.
B. Produce hardware units of basic metal and forming method indicated using
manufacturer’s standard metal alloy, composition, temper, and hardness, but in
no case of lesser (commercially recognized) quality than specified for applicable
hardware units for finish designations indicated.
C. Do not provide hardware that has been prepared for self-tapping sheet metal
screws, except as specifically indicated.
D. Finish exposed (exposed under any condition) screws to match hardware finish
or, if exposed in surfaces of other work, to match finish of this other work as
closely as possible “prepared for paint” surfaces to receive painted finish.
1.7. Hinges, Butts, and Pivots

A. Templates: Except for hinges and pivots to be installed entirely (both leaves)
into wood doors and frames, provide only template-produced units.
REV. MARCH 2006 248

Hinges, Butts, and Pivots (continued)
B. Screws: Provide Phillip flat-head screws complying with the following

requirements:
1. The metal doors and frames install machine screws into drilled and
tapped holes.
2. The wood doors and frames install wood screws.
3. For fire-rated wood doors install #12 x 1-1/4”, threaded-to-the-head steel
wood screws.
4. Finish screw heads to match surface of hinges or pivots.
C. Hinge Pins: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hinge pins as follows:
1. The metal doors and frames install machine screws into drilled and
tapped holes.
2. The wood doors and frames install wood screws.
3. For fire-rated wood doors install #12 x 1-1/4”, threaded-to-the-head steel
wood screws.
4. Finish screw heads to match surface of hinges or pivots.
D. Number of Hinges: Provide number of hinges indicated but not less than 1 1/2
pair per door leaf for doors 90 inches or less in height and one additional hinge
for each 30 inches of additional height.
1. Fire-Rated Doors: Not less than 3 hinges per door leaf for doors 86
inches of less in height with same rule for additional hinges.
1.8. Lock Cylinder and Keying
A. The Contractor shall provide a new grandmaster key system for the Project and
equip all locks with manufacturer’s special 6-pin tumbler cylinder with
construction master key feature that permits voiding of construction keys
without cylinder removal.
B. The Contractor shall, except as otherwise indicated, provide individual change

key for each lock that is not designated to be keyed alike with a group of related
locks within the approved master keying system and permanently inscribe each
key with number of lock that identifies cylinder manufacturer’s key symbol, and
notation, “DO NOT DUPLICATE”.
REV. MARCH 2006 249

Lock Cylinder and Keying (continued)
C. The Contractor shall provide keys of nickel silver only and furnish 3 change
keys for each lock, 5 master keys for each master system, and 5 grandmaster
keys for each grandmaster system.
1. Furnish on extra blank for each lock.

2. Furnish ten (10) construction keys.
3. Deliver keys to FHR resident Chief Engineer.
1.9. Key Control System

A. The Contractor shall provide a key control system including envelopes, labels,
tags with self-locking key clips, receipt forms, 3-way visible card index,
temporary markers, permanent markers, and standard metal cabinets, all as
recommended by system manufacturer, with capacity for 150 percent of the
number of locks required for the Project. All keys to be housed within wall-
mounted hinged-panel type cabinet.
1.10 Locks, Latches, and Bolts

A. The Contractor shall provide the manufacturer’s standard wrought box strike for
each latch or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to
match hardware set, unless otherwise indicated.
B. A throw of 5/8 minimum of latch on pairs of doors. UL requirements for throw

of bolts and latch bolts on rated fire openings are to be complied with.
C. A throw of ½” minimum for other bored and pre-assembled types of locks, ¾”

minimum throw of latch for mortise locks and 1” minimum throw for all dead
bolts.
D. Flush Bolt Heads: Minimum of ½” diameter rods of brass, bronze, or stainless

steel with minimum 12” long rod for doors up to 7’0” in height. Longer rods as
necessary for doors exceeding 7’0” in height.
E. Except on fire-rated doors where closers are provided on doors equipped with
exit devices, equip the units with keyed dogging device to keep the latch bolt
retracted when engaged.
F. Where rabbeted door stiles are indicated, provide special rabbeted front on lock
and latch units and bolts.
REV. MARCH 2006 250

1.11 Door Trim Units
A. The Contractor shall provide manufacturer’s standard exposed fasteners for door
trim units consisting of either machine screws or self-tapping screws and
fabricate edge trim of stainless steel to fit door thickness in standard lengths or
to match height of protection plates. All protection plates not more than 2” less
than door width on hinge side and not more than 1” less than door width on pull
side by height indicated (Stainless steel, brass or bronze 0.050” – US 18 gauge).
1.12. Hardware for Sliding Doors

A. The Contractor shall provide only those items indicated in the project schedule.
Balance of hardware to be furnished by door supplier.
1.13 Weatherstripping and Seals

A. The Contractor shall provide continuous weatherstripping on exterior doors and
smoke, light, or sound seals on interior doors where indicated or scheduled and
resilient or flexible seal strip which is easily replaceable and readily available
from stocks maintained by manufacturer.
1.14 Thresholds
A. Except as otherwise indicated, the Contractor shall provide standard metal
threshold unit of type, size, and profile as shown or scheduled.
1.15 Hardware finishes

A. The Contractor shall provide finishes that matches architect’s sample and
provide protective lacquer coating on all exposed hardware finishes of brass,
bronze, and aluminium, except as otherwise indicated. The suffix “-NL” is used
with standard finish designations to indicate “no lacquer”.
B. The designations used in schedules and elsewhere to indicate hardware finishes

are the industry-recognized standard commercial finishes, except as otherwise
noted.
For iron and steel base metal required for exterior work and in areas shown as
“High Humidity” areas (and also when designed with the suffix-RR), provide
0.2-mil-thick copper coating on base metal before applying brass, bronze,
nickel, or chromium-plated finishes.
REV. MARCH 2006 251

1.16 Installation
A. Hardware shall be units mounted at heights directed by the Architect.
Each hardware item shall be installed in strict compliance with the
manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations level, plumb, and true to line
and location.
1.17 Adjusting, Cleaning, and Demonstrating

A. The Contractor shall adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each
door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit and replace units that
cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly or as intended for the
application made.
1. Where door hardware is installed more than one month prior to

acceptance or occupancy of a space or area, return to the installation
during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy and make final check
and adjustment of all hardware items in such space or area. Clean
operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of
hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final
operation of heating and ventilating equipment.
B. Clean and repair adjacent surfaces soiled by hardware installation.
C. Instruct FHR’s personnel in the proper adjustment and maintenance of door

hardware and hardware finishes.
D. Approximately six months after the date of Substantial Completion, the

Contractor, accompanied by representatives of the manufacturers of latchsets
and locksets and of door control devices, and of other major hardware suppliers,
shall return to the Project to perform the following work:
1. Examine and re-adjust each item of door hardware as necessary to

restore function of doors hardware to comply with specified
requirements.
2. Consult with and instruct FHR’s personnel in recommended additions to

the maintenance procedures.
3. Replace hardware items that have deteriorated or failed due to faulty

design, materials, or installation of hardware units.
4. Prepare a written report of current and predictable problems (of

substantial nature) in the performance of the hardware.
REV. MARCH 2006 252

1.18 Hardware Schedule

A. The Contractor shall provide hardware for each door to comply with
requirements as set out within these Standard’s hardware set numbers indicated
in door schedule, and in the hardware schedule.
1. Hardware sets indicate quantity, item, manufacturer and product

designation, size, and finish or color, as applicable.
1.19 TimeLox Locking System Requirements

TimeLox are to provide a project specific package, inclusive of all items below unless
otherwise stated, for approval by Fairmont Hotels & Resorts Corporate Office San
Francisco before a contract to supply and install can be executed.
1. Software Requirements to be Windows NT based software
One (1) TimeLox Modem Package for on line diagnostic and support
One (1) TimeLox 2300 Windows software package and user license
One (1) Handheld Communications Unit, used to program and interrogate
TimeLox locks. Should also include TimeLox external power up contact card.
2. Hardware Requirements
One (1) Timelox server for system to be located in the computer room
Contractor to provide cabling from all terminal and encoders to server computer
using CAT5e cable
Computer requires one (1) dedicated 110V 15 amp AC power duplex outlet
All equipment to be connected to the uninterrupted power supply (UPS)
Computer to have the following requirements:
Flat colour monitor
• CD ROM
• Latest Pentium CPU
• 100 Base T nic
• One (1) current standard internal hard drive with a minimum of 3.2 gb
• Two (2) serial ports and one (1) parallel port
REV. MARCH 2006 253

TimeLox/ Hardware Requirements (continued)
• Two (2) internal slots for interface cards

• Windows NT Client Operating System, including license
TimeLox “Automatice Card Encoder” with 110 V, including communication
port.
• One (1) encoder for each check-in position at the front desk and vacation
ownership
• One (1) encoder for concierge
• One (1) encoder for remote check-in
• One (1) encoder for security
• One (1) encoder for spare
• One (1) encoder for MIS
• One (1) encoder for engineering
• One (1) encoder for club reception floor
Encoders should use ethernet cabling between front desk terminals and must be
one-line to the server.
One (1) management terminal for each of the following: administration near
hotel front desk, administration near vacation ownership front desk and security
office.
Three (3) Handheld Communications Units (one for engineering, security and
for spare).
Network hubs to be placed as required to service all above locations.
3. System Features
Windows based, and having the ability to be interfaced or integrated with

“Fidelio Opera” Property Management System. Fidelio side of interface to be
provided by Fairmont Hotels & Resorts.
System to have the ability to upgrade from magstripe card to smartcard without
Changing lock hardware.
REV. MARCH 2006 254

TimeLox/System Features (continued)
System should have a minimum of eight (8) failsafe cards per room (in the event
of power failure, property will continue to be able to check guests in).
System should have a minimum of thirty (30) user types (or levels) and a
minimum of two hundred and fifty-sic (256) User Groups (employee access
areas) and should be able to issue up to ten thousand (10,000) user cards.
System should have a custom built configuration according to the way the
property wants the electronic key system to be configured.
System access to the system operations must be by password and operator card
protected, and user defined by the property with regards to what functions can
be done with what security level.
Keycard information encoded on track 3 of a standard American banking card.
All keycard encoding information must be in an encrypted form.
System must have a minimum of eight (8) time zones, for employee and guest
access.
Guest cards must have a start time, end time and issue time encoded at the time
the card is encoded. Issue time is for pre-registered cards. Cards can be made in
advance to start at a specific date and time in the future.
System to have a built-in Help program.
Pool doors, health club, etc., should be able to be controlled by time.
System should be able to issue an unlimited number of master keycards.
System should have a device for elevator control, whereby hotel floor access can
be limited by time of day of week.
4. Supplies
TimeLox to supply appropriate number of blank keycards, customized with

Hotel desired artwork to cover the first twelve (12) months of operation.
REV. MARCH 2006 255

5. Warranty
TimeLox to supply twelve (12) month warranty covering all equipment from
date of installation.
6. Training
On-site training in use of system to all necessary staff as well as Chief Engineer
and Systems manager.
Provide four (4) bound copies of operational manuals.
7. Back of House Requirements
a) Guest Floor Back of House Doors
The following doors shall be connected to the back of house side of the
system:
• Maids’ closets
• Pantries
• Presidents Club Lounge
Each door shall be equipped with:
One (1) standard mortise TimeLox 9050 with standard handle with
matching cap.
b) Elevators
Provide one (1) flush mounted cardreader in each guest elevator cab,
mounted in the cab control panel, with finish specified by the interior
designer.
c) Back-of-House Doors
The following high security area doors will be connected to the TimeLox
system using TimeLox 2300 mortise with standard handle and keypad.
• General food and beverage entrance

• Wine and Liquor storage
• China/Glass/Silver storage
REV. MARCH 2006 256

2. TYPICAL HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS (PER DOOR) BY LOCATION
2.1. Guestroom Entry Door:

a) Hinges (HA) 1 ½ pr AB 700 4 ½ “ x 4 ½” US10B
(2 pr at Presidential Suite)
b) Entry TimeLox complete with US10B
selected handles
c) Closer (LC) 2031 BUMP US10B
d) Guard (RO) 604 with 605 edge guard US10B
e) Viewer (RO) 622 mounted at 5’0” US10B
(1.5m) AFFL
Additional viewer at
4’0” (1.2 m) AFFL in
handicap rooms
f) Stop-wall (RO) 404

g) Sound seal (DH) Cush n’ Seal White
h) Automatic door
bottom (PE) 434 ARL x 36”
2.2. Guestroom Sliding Balcony Door:

a) Hardware by aluminium glass door manufacturer, including lockset
b) Doors to gardens, etc., to have security chain or similar security device.
2.3 Guestroom Balcony French Door (Pair):

a) Hinges (HA) 1/2 pr 700 BB 1360 4 ½” x 4 ½” US10B
b) Flush bolts (RO) 1 pr 555 US10B
c) Dust Proof Strike (RO) 570 US10B
d) Lockset (AD) ME 1850 A 313
e) Closer (LC) 1 2033 BUMP US10B
f) Threshold (PE) 2055 BV x 72”
g) Mortise Latchset (HB) 5302 x CA Knob US10B
or AU Lever
REV. MARCH 2006 257

Guestroom Balcony French Door (continued)
h) Decorative pull to be selected US10B

i) Sound seal (DH) Cush n’ Seal White
j) Automatic door
button (PE) 434 ARL x door width
2.4 Guestroom Bathroom Door:

a) Hinges (HA) 1 ½ pr AB 800 4 ½” x 4 ½” US15B
b) Full dummy trim (HL) 160 x 53 x HL71 US15B
c) Roller latch (TR) 1554 626
d) Strike (TR) 1559B 626
e) Dome stop (RO) 441 US26D
2.5. Guestroom Water Closet Door:

a) Hinges (HA) 1 ½ pr AB 800 4 ½” x 4 ½” US15
b) Privacy lock (HL) 102 x 53 x HL 71 US15
c) Dome stop (RO) 441 US26D
2.6. Guestroom Connecting Door:

a) Hinges (HA) AB 700 4 ½” x 4 ½” US15
b) Passage (one sided) (HL) 100UL x 53 x HL71 US15
c) Deadlock (one sided) (HL) 391 US15
d) Dome stop (RO) 441 US26D
e) Sound seal (DH) Cush n’ Seal White
f) Auto door bottom (PE) 434 ARL x 36”
REV. MARCH 2006 258

2.7. Guestroom Closet Door (Single):

b) Passage set (HL) 101 x 53 x HL71 US15
c) Dome stop (RO) 441 US26D
2.8. Guestroom Closet Doors (Pair):

b) Full dummy trim (HL) 166 x 53 x HL71 US15
c) Roller catch (TR) 1554 626
d) Strike (TR) 1559B 626
e) Dome stop (RO) 441 US26D
2.9. Gold Wing Guestroom Corridor Entry Doors (Pair):

a) Hinges (HA) 2 pr AB800 4 ½” x 4 ½” US10B
b) Power transfer (VO) EPT 2 SP313
c) Exit device (SA) WD 8674 F ETY US10B
d) Exit device (SA) WD 8610 F ETY-DT US10B
e) Mortise cylinder (HL) as required US10B
f) Closer (LC) 2031 STD US10B
g) Wall bumper (RO) 409 US10B
h) Door silencer (RO) 608
i) Power supply (SA) 3550
j) Card reader lockset TimeLox complete US10B
with selected handles
2.10 Gold Lounge Entry Doors (Pair):

a) Sliding door lock (BA) 8595 102 US10B
b) Mortise cylinder (HL) as required US10B
c) Dummy trim (BA) 8571 150 US15
d) Edge pull (IV) 230 B US10B
* Balance of hardware by door manufacturer
REV. MARCH 2006 259

2.11 Maids’ Closet, Pantry, Computer Room and Secured Storage Room Doors:
a) Hinges (HA) 1 ½ pr AB 800 4 ½ “ x 4 ½” US10B
b) Card reader lockset TimeLox Complete US10B
with selected handles
c) Closer (NO) 7500 BF 689
d) Kickplate (KP) .050 8” x 34” 630
e) Wall bumper 409 US32D
f) Door silencer (RO) 608
2.12 Janitors’ Closet Doors:

a) Hinges (HA) 1 ½ pr AB 700 4 ½ “ x 4 ½” US10A
b) Storeroom lock (HL) 607 x 53 x HL71
d) Wall bumper (RO) 409 US10B
2.13 Guestrooms’ Ice Machine Room Door:

a) Hinges (HA) 1 ½ pr AB 700 4 ½ “ x 4 ½” US10A
b) Passage Set (HL) 601 x 53 x HL71
c) Closer (NO) 7500 BF Plated M/cover 690
613 Plated cover x 613
Plated Soffit
d) Wall bumper (RO) 409 US10B
e) Door silencer (RO) 608
2.14 Hotel Main Entry Doors (Pair):

a) Hinges (HA) 2 pr AB 800 4 ½” x 4 ½” US32D
b) Flush bolts (RO) 555 US26D
c) Door pull (RO) 105 x 70C CC US32D
d) Push plate (RO) 70 C 4 x 16 CC US32D
e) Mortise deadlock (HC) SGL cylinder US26D
REV. MARCH 2006 260

Hotel Main Entry Doors (Pair) (continued)
f) Closer (NO) 7500 BF 689

g) Kick plate (KP) .050 8” x 34” 630
h) Wall bumper (RO) 409 US32D
i) Door silencer (RO) 608
2.15 Guest Safety Deposit Box Door:

a) Hinges (HA) 2 pr AB 800 4 ½” x 4 ½” US10B
b) Storeroom lock (HL) 607 x 53 x HL71
c) Closer (LC) 2031 BUMP US10B
d) Wall bumper (RO) 409
f) Electric strike (HN) 1003 24D 613 KM 613 2005
g) Transformer (HN) 2002 – 24
i) Push button (SA) 4241
* Door normally closed and secured. Access by electric strike at all times
by push button at front desk.
2.16 Public Washroom Entry Door:

a) Hinges (HA) 2 pr AB 800 4 ½” x 4 ½” US10B
b) Passage set (HL) 601 x 53 x HL71
c) Closer (LC) 5031 REG US10B
d) Wall bumper (RO) 409
2.17 Public Washroom Stall Door:

a) Spring Hinge (HN) 1 pr 1250 4 ½” x 4 ½” US10A
b) Hinge (HA) ½ pr AB 800 4 ½” x 4 ½” US10B
c) Passage set (HL) 101 x 53 x HL71
d) Indicator deadlock (FL) D871 613
REV. MARCH 2006 261

Public Washroom Stall Door (continued)
e) Wall bumper (RO) 409 US10B

f) Coat hook (VA) Interior Designer to select US10B
g) Door silencer (RO) 608
2.18 Ballroom and Meeting Room Entry Doors – (Pair with standard exiting devices):
a) Floor closers (DM) BTS 80 EMB/F 613E
b) Pivots (DM) 75233 613
c) Power transfer (VO) EPT2 SP313
d) Exit devices (SA) 12 56 WD 8610 F113 less pull US10B
e) Mortise cylinder as required
f) Decorative pulls Interior designer to select
g) Sound seal (DH) Cush n’ seal White
h) Power supply (SA) 3530
i) Key switch (SA) 4374
* Doors normally closed and secured. Access by key at all times. Egress free at
all times. When power is turned on by key switch, doors may be held in open
position by floor closer. Power on by second key switch holds exit device
latches retracted, allowing doors to be “push/pull”. Fire alarm condition cuts
power allowing doors to close and latch.
2.20 Ballroom and Meeting Room Service Doors (Pair):

a) Floor closer (DM) BTS 80 EMB/F 613E
b) Pivot (DM) 75233 613E
c) Power transfer (VO) EPT 2 SP313
d) Exit device (SA) 12 56 8810 G US10B
e) Wall bumper (RO) 409 US10B
f) Sound seal (DH) Cush n’ Seal White
g) Power supply (SA) 3530
h) Key switch (SA) 4370
REV. MARCH 2006 262

Ballroom and Meeting Room Service Doors (Pair) (continued)
* Door normally closed and secured. Access by key at all times. Egress free at all
times. When power is turned on by key switch, doors may be held in open
position by floor closer. Power on by second key snitch holds exit device
latches retracted, allowing doors to by “push/pull”. Fire alarm condition cuts
power allowing doors to close and latch.
2.21 Security Office (Dutch) Door:

b) Card reader lockset TimeLox with selected handles
c) Flush boldt (RO) 640 US26D
d) Closer (NO) 7500 H 689
e) Kick plate (KP) .050 8” x 34” 630
f) Wall bumper (RO) 509 US32D
g) Door silencers 608
* Meeting rail to be rabbeted by door manufacturer.
2.22 Head Cashier’s Office Door:

b) Card reader lockset TimeLox with selected handles US26D
c) Flush bolt (RO) 640 US26D
d) Overhead holder (AB) 4014 US26D
e) Wall bumper (RO) 409 US32D
2.23 Back-of-House Office Doors:

a) Hinges (HA) 1 ½ pr AB800 4 ½” x 4 ½” US32D
b) Office Lock (HL) 604 x 51 x HL59 US26D
d) Wall bumper (RO) 409 US32D
REV. MARCH 2006 263

2.24 Housekeeping Office (Dutch) Door:

b) Office lock (HL) 604 x 51 x HL59 US26D
c) UL Deadlatch (HL) 399 2-3\4” BS US26D
d) Closer (NO) 7500 BF 689
e) Kick plate (KP) .050 8” x 34” 630
g) Magnetic holder (AB) 2210 12 VA/DC, 24 VAC/DC 52
* Door normally closed and secured. Upper leaf may be held open by wall
magnet. Fire alarm condition releases the magnet allowing upper leaf to close
and latch. Astragal at meeting rail assures top and bottom leafs close.
2.25 Staff Main Entry Door:

a) Hinges (HA) 1 ½ pr AB 800 4 ½” x 4 ½” NRP US32D
b) Power transfer (Vo) EPT2 SP2B
c) Exit device (SA) 12 8876 F ETL US32D
d) Mortise cylinder (HL) As required
e) Closer (NO) 7500 BF 689
g) Power supply (SA) 3530
h) Push button (SA) 4241 US32D
* Door normally closed and secured. Push button in security office releases trim on exit
device allowing access. Egress free at all times.
2.26 Staff Change Room Entry Door:
a) Hinges (HA) 1 ½ pr AB 800 4 ½” x 4 ½” US32D
b) Passage set (HL) 601 x 51 x HL59 US26D
d) Kick plate (KP) .050 8” x 34” 630
e) Mop plate (KP) .050 4” x 34” 630
g) Door silencer (RO) 608
REV. MARCH 2006 264

2.27 Kitchen Entry (off Service corridor) Doors:

a) Hinges (HA) 1 ½ pr AB 850 5” x 4 ½” US32D
b) Office lock (HL) 604 x 51 x HL59 US26D
d) Kick plate (KP) .050 8” x 46” 630
e) Mop plate (KP) .050 4” x 46” 630
g) Door silencers (RO) 608
h) Trim protector bar (RO) R115LPS US32D
2.28 Flower Shop Door:

b) Storeroom lock (HL) 607 x 51 x HL59 US26D
d) Kick plates .050 8” x 34” 630
e) Wall bumper (RO) 409 US32D
f) Droor silencer (RO) 608
g) Trim protector bar (RO) R115LPB US32D
2.29 Health Club and Spa Treatment Entry Door:

a) Hinges (HA) 2 pr AB 4 ½” x 4 ½” US10B
b) Lockset (AD) MS 1850A 313
c) Mortise cylinder as required
d) Mortise T- turn as required
e) Decorative pull Interior designer to select
f) Closer (LC) 2033 BUMP US10B
g) Threshold (PE) 2005 BV x 36
REV. MARCH 2006 265

2.30 Maintenance Entry Doors (Pair):

a) Hinges (HA) 1 ½ pr AB 850 5” x 4 ½” US32D
b) Flush bolts (RO) 555 US26D
c) Door pull (RO) 105 x 70C CC US32D
d) Push plates (RO) 70C 4 x 16 CC US32D
e) Mortise deadlock (HL) SGL cylinder US26D
f) Closer (NO) 7500 BF 689
g) Kick plate (KP) .050 8” x 34” 630
h) Wall bumper (RO) 409 US32D
i) Door silencer (RO) 608
2.31 Mechanical and Electrical Entry Doors (Pair):

b) Flush bolt (RO) 555 US26D
c) Dust proof strike (RO) 570 US26D
d) Storeroom rack (HL) 607 x 51 x HL59 US26D
e) Closer (NO) 7500 BF (active leaf only) 689
f) Kick plates (KP) .050 8” x 34” 630
g) Wall bumper (RO) 409 US32D
REV. MARCH 2006 266

3. MECHANICAL QUESTIONNAIRE
YES NO
DESIGN CRITERIA
Does the design criteria meet FHR’s Standards, ASHRAE 62-1989 and
ASHRAE 55-1992?
Do the outdoor design dry bulb and wet bulb temperatures meet or exceed
the greater of the ASHRAE fundamentals handbook or local climactic
data?
Have all public spaces been based on ASHRAE 62-1989 and ASHRAE
55-1992 occupancy rates for load calculation purposes? (The furniture
layout shall not be used to establish occupancy as it may change).
Have all areas except mechanical plant rooms been air-conditioned?
Are the lighting and equipment loads consistent with the interior
designer/lighting consultant drawings?
Does the suite occupancy rate for the living/dining areas reflect those listed
in FHR Standards, i.e. Special suite living/dining, two-bedroom suite
living/dining, and one bedroom suite living/dining?
Does the noise criteria meet FHR Standards?
Have meeting rooms greater than 650 ft2 been treated as a place of
assembly (as indicated in ASHRAE 62-1989 and summarized in Appendix
“A”) in lieu of standard meeting rooms?
MAIN SYSTEMS
Air Handling Systems/Air Conditioning Systems
General
Are air handling units located relatively close to the areas they serve?
Is the air handing unit casing construction not less than No. 18 gauge hot
rolled sheet steel?
Have return fans been provided to allow for free cooling and appropriate
pressurization?
Are the air-handling units equipped with economizers, so that free cooling
may be utilized? (Providing the local climate warrants).
Have silencers been provided for supply and return ductwork to all air
handling units?
When the ceiling is used as a return air plenum, have the return ductwork
been extended to within 150 ft of the furthest return air grille?
Have stack effect issues in high-rise projects been addressed appropriately?
Have mechanical devices such as VAV boxes, drainage cleanouts and
isolation valves been provided with access, which have been carefully
coordinated with the interior designer?
Has adequate maintenance access been provided for air handling unit
servicing?
REV. MARCH 2006 267

©2002 Fairmont Hotels & Resorts. All Rights Reserved
YES NO
In humid climates, has dehumidification been provided?
Have the cooling load calculations been performed for each room? Are
adequate and reasonable air quantities provided?
Does each air-handling unit have high efficiency filters and prefilters?
Public Space
Do the ballroom, prefunction and banquet rooms each have independent
systems? Has zoning to suit moveable partitions been provided?
Do the ballroom, prefunction or banquet room areas have dedicated zones?
Does each restaurant have a dedicated constant volume system?
Are there any private dining areas within the restaurant?
If yes, have measures been provided for independent temperature control?
Does the lobby have a dedicated VAV system?
In cold climates, has the main entrance vestibule been provided with
heating?
Does the bar have its own zone controls?
Are administration offices provided with a VAV system?
Has a VAV system been provided for each meeting room?
Does the health club and spa have a dedicated VAV system?
Has special attention been given to health club and exercise equipment
loads and carefully reviewed with the interior designer? (see Appendix C,
for preliminary lighting and power load estimates)
Has individual temperature control been provided for areas, which may
have a varying usage profile or exposure?
Does the location of thermostats suit the interior designer and furniture
layouts?
Have all the public washrooms been provided with air conditioning in
addition to exhaust?
Has an exhaust grille been provided for each full-height toilet stall in the
public washrooms?
Has the indoor swimming pool been provided with a dedicated system
complete with dehumidification?
Is the indoor swimming pool ductwork constructed of aluminum?
Has a cut sheet of the thermostat and/or sensor cover been reviewed by
FHR and the interior designer? And approved by them? Has the Interior
Designer signed off on thermostat locations for public spaces?
Have linear diffusers in public space areas been coordinated with the
interior designer?
Back-of-House
Have individual temperature controls been provided for areas which may
have varying usage profiles or exposures?
Does the banquet kitchen have a dedicated make-up air system?
Do the kitchen exhaust hoods have dedicated make-up air system?
Do the back-of-house areas have dedicated VAV systems?
REV. MARCH 2006 268

YES NO
Has spot cooling been provided for hot spot areas i.e. laundry area, chef’s
office and valet?
Does the computer room have an independent air conditioning unit?
Is the computer room unit on emergency power?
Has a dedicated/independent air conditioning unit on emergency power
been provided for the PABX room?
Is the garbage room refrigerated?
Is the bakery chocolate room refrigerated?
Has the grease room been provided with a separate exhaust system?
Is a paint booth required?
Hot Water Plant
What is the redundancy factor for the hot water boilers?
When sizing the boilers, has only a partial credit been taken for all air-to-
air heat reclaim systems (if applicable)?
Have the internal gains from lighting, power and people used to reduce the
size of the boiler plant? (They should not be).
Is there one hot water pump for each boiler?
Is primary/secondary pumping being utilized?
Have energy-conserving features such as variable speed pumping been
utilized?
Refrigeration Plant
What are the chiller redundancy factors?
Does each chiller have a condenser water pump?
Is the location of the source of condenser water, i.e. cooling tower, dry
coolers etc. located so that the noise generated by this equipment will not
be objectionable to the occupants of the hotel?
Is the refrigerant environmentally friendly, i.e. is R-134a or R-123 being
used?
Has hydronic winter free cooling, utilizing a winterized cooling tower,
been provided to avoid operating the chiller during the winter months?
(Note that this applies to climates with cooler winters).
Have refrigerant leak detectors and a leak evacuation/exhaust system been
provided for in the chiller room?
Have dedicated pumping systems been provided for all hotel suite fan coil
units, air handling units, or any equipment which requires year-round
cooling?
Is chilled water available for year-round cooling?
Has the capacity of the plant been confirmed, i.e. have block load
calculations been performed and reviewed?
Have energy-conserving features such as variable speed pumping been
utilized?
Has chilled or condenser water been provided for the ice machines on the
guest floor?
REV. MARCH 2006 269

YES NO
Plumbing
Does the domestic hot water load for the suites reflect the following:
10 gal. - storage per bedroom
15 gal. - recovery rate per bedroom
Has additional domestic hot water tanks been provided for the Laundry,
Kitchen, Suites and Public space areas respectively?
Do the temperatures for domestic hot water correspond to the following:
120 F - for bedrooms, public areas
140 F - for kitchens
160 F - for laundry
Has cold water storage been provided where the water source is unreliable
or required by local authorities?
Has adequate water softening been provided?
Has adequate water treatment been provided as required by world health
organization standards?
Has the domestic hot water system been provided with a recirculation
system to maintain temperature throughout the system during low usage
periods?
Have dedicated isolation valves for DHW and DCW been provided within
each hotel suite for the respective suite?
Do the types of plumbing fixtures conform to the FHR Standards?
Have lavatories and water closets been provided as indicated in FHR’s
Standards?
Have steeping bathtubs been provided in each of the guestrooms?
Have showerheads been provided with a minimum flow rate of 5 USGPM?
Have pressure balancing mixing valves been provided for showers?
Is the water pressure provided in each hotel suite as required by the
showerhead manufacturer?
Have DCW and drainage piping been provided for ice machines?
Has the can wash equipment been specified?
Is the drainage piping for the hotel guestrooms cast iron?
Has at least one drain been provided for each public or back-of-house
washroom area?
Has the maintenance work shop and the paint shop areas each been
provided with a sink?
Has the loading dock and porte cochere been provided with a hose bibb to
serve a power spray wash?
Hotel Guestrooms
Are the fan coil units serving the guest suites capable of three-speed
operation and temperature control as per FHR’s Standards?
Are the fan coil unit sizes for guest suites based on medium speed, with
NC levels of 35 for daytime operation, and low speed, with NC levels of
30 for nighttime operation? (High speed must be provided for quick cool
down)
REV. MARCH 2006 270

YES NO
Is the sizing of the hotel suite fan coil units in accordance with FHR’s
Standards?
Has a return air grille complete with filter been provided for each hotel fan
coil unit?
Has acoustic lining been provided on the discharge ductwork of all hotel
fan coil units?
Has a reverse return piping arrangement for the hotel suite fan coil units
for chilled and hot water distribution been provided? (This will reduce
noise at automatic control valves particularly in high-rise buildings).
Have access doors been provided for all fan coil units located within the
hotel guestrooms and coordinated with the interior designer?
Do the fan coil units for the hotel guestrooms meet FHR’s Standards, in
terms of control and construction?
Have the access doors for isolation valves been carefully coordinated with
the interior designer to ensure the access is not visible, i.e. behind wall
picture or under counter?
Have dedicated isolation valves for heating water supply and return and
chilled water supply and return been provided within each suite for each
respective FCU?
Are the hotel guestroom floors maintained under positive pressure relative
to the suites?
Are the guestrooms maintained under a positive pressure relative to the
outdoors?
Is the quantity of exhaust air in the guestroom bedroom equal to or larger
than 70 CFM?
Do each of the guestrooms have a minimum of two (2) exhaust grilles (one
exhaust grille for the shower and one for the water closet)?
Have all pantries been provided with sinks and kitchen appliances with
appropriate exhaust?
Is the make-up air supplying both the hotel guestroom and the corridor?
If yes, are reheat coils and smoke dampers provided on the main branch
ductwork so that the appropriate temperature and humidity can be
maintained?
Is the make-up air supplying the guestrooms and corridors dehumidified?
Has the make-up air to the hotel guestrooms been provided to the ceiling
space vestibule?
Is the air quantity serving the corridor capable of handling the loads in the
corridor?
In cold climate conditions, have washrooms located on exterior walls or
windows been provided with heating?
Is the location of the double adjustable supply air diffuser within the hotel
guestrooms been located such that the supply air stream is away from the
bed?
REV. MARCH 2006 271

YES NO
Fire Protection
Are the sprinkler heads for public spaces the concealed type?
Have hose bibs been provided in all washrooms (typically located beneath
the counter out of sight)?
Have sprinklers been installed throughout the building?
Has the building been provided with a stand pipe system?
For fire protection, are FHR standards and National Fire Protection
Agency North American code being followed?
Has fire protection water storage, which is non-depletable from the DCW
system, been provided if the region has an unreliable water source or is
required by the local authorities?
Laundry Area
Are steam boilers being provided to serve the laundry area?
Are the steam boilers serving the laundry sized for 100% stand-by?
Do the steam pressures suit the pressures given for the laundry equipment
(multiple pressures are required for different equipment)?
Are barometric dampers utilized for laundry exhaust? If not, how is partial
load operation being handled?
Has a dedicated make-up air system been provided for the laundry area?
Is the laundry make-up air system complete with cooling in order to
maintain design conditions?
Have the dryers been provided with lint filters prior to connecting to the
laundry exhaust system? (Lint filters should be located as close to the
source of lint as possible).
Has compressed air been provided for the laundry equipment?
Does the laundry exhaust terminate upblast at high levels, away from the
air intakes?
Has the laundry been provided with a trench drain complete with a lint
screen?
Has the type of ductwork provided for the laundry in accordance with
FHR’s Standards?
Kitchen
Are all kitchen areas maintained under a negative pressure (to ensure there
is no odor migration to other areas)?
Does the kitchen have an independent, water-cooled refrigeration system
for all refrigerators, freezers and cold rooms?
Has a separate exhaust system been provided for the dishwasher?
Has the type of ductwork provided for the kitchen in accordance with
FHR’s Standards?
Does kitchen exhaust terminate at high level away from intakes in lieu of
ecology units? (Requires ductwork extending up through the building).
Are grease traps provided for kitchens as required with floor access in an
appropriate location for ease of maintenance?
REV. MARCH 2006 272

YES NO
Is the kitchen make-up air system complete with cooling in order to
maintain design conditions?
Miscellaneous
Has electric tracing been provided on pipe work in areas where there is no
heating and has the potential of freezing?
Have the steam rooms within the fitness center been provided with
dedicated stand-alone steam generators?
Do the pipes and ducts have insulation?
Has a building management system utilizing DDC complete with computer
graphic workstation been provided? (Workstations to be located in the
assistant chief engineer’s office).
Has an outlet, connected to the building management system, been
provided within the maintenance workshop for access to the service and
maintenance computer program?
Has a modem for offsite connection been provided to DDC?
Are spare parts adequately specified?
If a parking area exists below grade, has mechanical ventilation been
provided?
If a parking area exists, are the exhaust fans controlled by CO/Nox
detectors?
Has mechanical ventilation been provided to the golf club parking areas (if
covered)?
REV. MARCH 2006 273

TYPICAL OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS & LIGHTING/EQUIPMENT LOAD

ESTIMATES
Areas Serviced Recommended Load
Occupancy Lighting/Equipment Notes
Range
Bedrooms 2P 1250 w Refer to (A)
Restaurant 1P/15 ft2 45-65 w/10 ft2
Banquet Hall 1 P/9 ft2 108-135 w/10 ft2
2
Bar 1 P/11 ft 30-55 w/10 ft2
Meeting Rooms < 700 ft2 1 P/22 ft2 55-75 w/10 ft2
2 2
Meeting Rooms > 700 ft 1 P/11 ft
Shops 1 P/55 ft2 30-55 w/10 ft2
Offices 1 P/110 ft2 30-55 w/10 ft2 Refer to (B)
2 2
Lobby 1 P/38 ft 55-65 w/10 ft
Reception Hall 1 P/18 ft2 55-65 w/10 ft2
Spa/Fitness Center 1 P/55 ft2 30-55 w/10 ft2 Refer to (C)
Computer Center Review with FHR
Autocom Review with FHR
2 2
Personal Dining Room 1 P/15 ft 30-55 w/10 ft
Note:
A) The following occupancy rates should be followed for the areas listed below:
• Presidential Suites living/dining area: 15 - 20 ft2 per person
• Two bedroom suite living/dining area: 15 - 20 ft2 per person
• One bedroom suite living/dining area: 4 persons
The preliminary lighting and power load estimate used in corridor areas typically range between
35 – 45 w/10 ft2.
B) The lighting and power loads in office areas typically range between 30-55
w/10 ft2 for lighting with electronic ballasts and 55-75 w/10 ft2 for lighting with standard
ballasts.
C) The cooling load for Fitness Center exercise rooms should be calculated based on a fully
occupied room with guests doing a vigorous workout. The Spa and Fitness Center lighting and
power loads should range between 30-55 w/10 ft2. However, for the exercise rooms located
within the Fitness Center, lighting and power loads typically range between 100-160 w/10 ft2.
This is primarily due to the heat generated from the number of exercise machines located in
these rooms.
D) The activity level for each person is a function of the usage for the specific area served. A
substantially greater quantity of heat is dissipated in activities like dancing or exercising as
opposed to sedentary type of activities. ASHRAE Standard 55-1992 should be followed.
REV. MARCH 2006 274

4. ELECTRICAL QUESTIONNAIRE
YES NO
DESIGN CRITERIA AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Will the power distribution design follow North American Standards
Will the design of the fire alarm system be based on North American NFPA
Standards?
Are illumination levels based on FHR’s Standards?
SYSTEMS
Dimming System
Has an electronic, solid state dimming system been specified for the control
of all public and circulation areas?
Confirm the following controls:
• Pre-sets in main lobby, restaurants, dining rooms and
entertainment rooms?
• Local controls in “control niches” with capability of “combining
rooms” in meeting rooms and ballrooms?
• Two-way cleaning switch in ballrooms and meeting rooms?
Has emergency lighting been integrated with the dimming system?
Have dimming schedules complete with lighting control zones been
prepared?
Is there an interconnection to the dimming system to raise levels of dimmed
controls if a fire alarm signal is activated?
Background Music and Local Sound Reinforcement
Confirm the following arrangement of background music systems:
• Main background music rack with 2 x 10 CD player for
circulation spaces such as:
- lobby
- public corridors
- public washrooms
- spa/fitness center/pool
- staff dining
• Does each area served by the main sound rack have individual
volume controls?
Have local sound reinforcement systems with interconnection back to main
(circulation area) rack been provided for:
• Each restaurant, lounge or bar (10 CD player)?
• Each meeting room (no CD player)?
• Each ballroom (2 x 5 CD player)?
Are there provisions for “combining” sound systems for interconnected
meeting rooms and ballrooms?
Is there a portable, wireless, integrated lighting and volume control for each
ballroom for lectern or tabletop use?
REV. MARCH 2006 275

YES NO
Have audio inputs and microphone jacks been provided in baseboard “AV”
units in meeting rooms, ballrooms and prefunction areas?
Are there residential sound systems for the Two-Bedroom and Presidential
Suites?
Confirm that residential built-in individual stereos are to be provided in
FF&E.
Is there an interconnection to the sound systems to override the music if a
fire alarm signal is initiated?
Fire Alarm System
Has a two-stage fire alarm system with emergency voice communication
provisions been provided?
Is the fire alarm system sequence of operation based on the “floor
above/alarm floor/floor below” evacuation with an alert signal elsewhere?
Confirm that the system automatically goes into evacuation mode if not
responded to within a predetermined period of time?
Confirm that fire alarm system smoke detectors have been provided
throughout the hotel (i.e. everywhere except where false alarms are possible
such as laundry, kitchen, etc.).
Is the fire alarm system based on analog addressable devices or hardwired
type? (Analog addressable is preferred).
Confirm that guestroom smoke detectors have local audible alarm only with
central annunciation. Smoke detector to be identified at central panel.
Is there remote fire alarm annunciation in the telephone operator’s room and
main security office? Where is location of main annunciator?
If background music speakers are used for life safety, then ensure that
cabling is suitable for a fire alarm system.
In a high rise building, have the following smoke control provisions been
provided:
• Individual fan control switches at main fire alarm control
location?
• Automatic start of pressurization fans and smoke exhaust fans?
• Smoke control and smoke venting fans fed from emergency
power?
Have fire fighter’s handsets been provided or are they not recognized or
used by the local Fire Department?
Are special requirements necessary for the physically challenged?
Structured Cabling System for Voice and Data Communication
Systems
Has a structured cabling system been provided based on Category 5E
cabling for voice and data?
Confirm that the basic distribution is a “star” originating from the computer
room for data and telephone equipment room for voice.
REV. MARCH 2006 276

YES NO
Have “Intermediate Distribution Frames” (IDF’s) been provided in the
following location:
• Administration
• Ballroom/Meeting Rooms
• Typical guestroom floor (not required on each floor)
Has the maximum distance requirement of 295 ft from each LAN room to
outlet been maintained?
If the building is very large or a high rise, does the distance between LAN
Rooms and main computer room and telephone room exceed 295 ft, such
that a fiber optic backbone is required?
Confirm that the quad faceplate outlets for administration have 1 x 4 pair
Category 5E (voice) with two pair punched down on each RJ11C and 2 x 5
pair Category 5E (date) cables.
Confirm that the two double outlet faceplates for the guestrooms have
1 x 4 pair Category 5E (voice) with two pair punched down on each RJ11C
and 2 x 4 pair Category 5E (data) cables.
Confirm that a fax patch panel has been provided in the telephone operators
room.
Have P.O. S. power and data outlet locations been coordinated with the
Food Service consultant and Interior Designer?
Telephone Systems
Verify that the telephone switch and handsets are provided in the general
contract based on FHR Specifications.
Card Access and Door Alarm Security System
The preferred method for card access control is to integrate door alarm
points and hardwired card reader locations into the “Time Lox” or
equivalent electronic door locking system.
Card readers controlling electric strikes along with door alarm contacts to
monitor forced entry are required at the following locations:
• Staff entry (with remote release from security office, door alarm
contacts may be deleted).
• Access doors from parking garage into back-of-house corridors
for frequent use by employees.
Access doors from the loading dock into back-of-house service corridor.
• Access door into valet cashier’s room (if direct access from
exterior).
• Any other secure location which has access from an unsecured
area and where employees require frequent access (i.e., silver
storage, liquor storage, etc.).
Have magnetic door alarm contacts been provided at unsupervised exterior
perimeter doors?
REV. MARCH 2006 277

YES NO
Have Category 5E data cable rough-in provisions for electronic card key
encoding equipment been provided at the following locations?
• Front desk
• Security office
• Concierge desk
Pushbutton Alarm and Assistance Systems
Have the following systems been provided?
• VIP arrival system consisting of pushbutton at front desk (1) and
each doorman’s stand with a buzzer annunciation in general
manager’s office. (Number of pushbuttons varies depending on
length of desk and number of workstations).
• Help/Assistance request buttons at each front desk registration
location and at the front desk cashier location (if separate) with a
blue flashing light in the front office manager’s office.
• Doorman’s Help/Assistance request buttons at each doorman’s
stand with a buzzer annunciation at the concierge desk.
• Concierge Help/Assistance system with button at concierge desk
and a buzzer in the concierge work room.
• Alarm pushbuttons at:
- front desk cashier’s locations
- main cashier’s office
- staff safety deposit box room
- valet or parking cashier’s room
with separate flashing red lights in the telephone operator’s
room.
• Guest Safety Deposit Security System consisting of:
- pushbutton inside guest safety deposit box viewing room
with a buzzer to front registration desk
- electric strike controlled from front registration desk for
guest access.
• Cashier’s VCR Activation System consisting of a pushbutton in
the cashier’s office to start the VCR connected to the CCTV
camera automatically for one (1) hour
• Sauna Emergency System consisting of pushbuttons inside or
outside steam and sauna rooms with buzzers in Health Club
Reception Desk. (The pushbutton systems shall be
interconnected to the buzzer via a latching panel which sends a
signal to a flashing light in the telephone operator’s room if the
alarm is not responded to within 30 seconds).
REV. MARCH 2006 278

YES NO
Closed Circuit TV and Audio Monitoring System
Since there are numerous cameras providing output signals to TV monitors
in a variety of locations, a matrix switching arrangement provides the
optimum solution. Has a microprocessor based matrix switcher been
provided for the CCTV system?
Have the following minimum quantity of cameras been provided?
• Swimming pool (with two-way loudspeaker)
• Staff entrance (with intercom)
• Main lobby (pinhole type, no loudspeaker)
• Front desk (pinhole type, no loudspeaker)
• Cashier’s office (pinhole type, no loudspeaker)
• Guest safety deposit box room – staff side (no loudspeaker)
• Loading dock (outdoor type, with two-way loudspeaker)
• Health Club exercise room (with two-way loudspeaker)
• Underground parking areas (as applicable)
Have the following color TV monitors been provided?
• Approximately 4-5 monitors in both the security office and
telephone operator’s room in sequential switching mode for
entire system (i.e. one monitor for 4 cameras).
• One (1) holding monitor in security office to view any one
selected camera on full-time basis.
• Duplicate monitor and switcher for Health Club exercise room
and pool in health club desk.
Have time lapse VCR’s (both recording and playback) been provided in the
security office along with a separate VCR for the cashier’s office?
Has an audio monitoring system complete with microphone control at the
security desk been provided?
Has a remote microphone and speaker been provided in the Health Club and
Spa Reception desk for the pool area CCTV camera?
Intercom System
Has a “room service intercom’ system between the room service office and
set-up area been provided (additional intercom to kitchen hot line if line not
visible)?
Has a “loading dock intercom” system between the receiving office and
loading dock entrance door been provided?
Has a “staff entrance intercom” system between the security office and staff
entrance been provided?
Television System
Either an underground cable television system or satellite/terrestrial antenna
system may be used to provided television signals for the hotel
Channel selection shall include the minimum of:
REV. MARCH 2006 279

YES NO
• Local channels
•
• English speaking channel (NBC)
• CNN
• Movie channel
• In-house safety movie
Have TV outlets been located in the following locations:
• All guest bedrooms and living rooms
• All public area bars and entertainment rooms
• Staff dining
• Ballrooms and meeting rooms in the “AV” baseboard provision
• Health Club exercise room adjacent to each piece of equipment
• Staff boardroom and training room
• In TV storage room and TV repair area
Miscellaneous Communication Systems
Have the following communication systems been provided under the
general contract?
• Portable handheld radios including repeater station, microphone
control console and transmission line. (Approximate quantity of
11 for city hotels and 20 for resorts).
• Portable pagers including transmitter, base station and
transmission line. (Approximate quantity of 20 keynote and 10
Bravo for city hotels; 32 keynote and 15 Bravo for resorts).
• Wireless remote sound system for the hearing impaired in the
large ballroom as per Local Code requirements.
Power Distribution System and Electric Service
The power distribution system design shall comply with the applicable
Local Code, however, the following minimum requirements should be
provided:
• Two (2) main power transformers with secondary switchboard
interconnections with a tie breaker. Ideal design is each
transformer loaded 50% with full redundancy, however, 66%
loading with generator in the event of transformer failure is
acceptable. 100% loading of transformers is acceptable only if
transformers are utility-owned with rapid replacement in the
event of failure.
• Power factor correction capacitors for main switchboard.
• Distribution panels and motor control centers located adjacent to
large loads such as kitchens, laundry, function rooms,
mechanical plant, etc.
• Separate automatic transfer switch for fire pumps as per North
American Standards.
REV. MARCH 2006 280

YES NO
• Separate automatic transfer switch for firefighter’s elevator in
high-rise buildings.
• One-hour fire rated conductors (MICC) for life-safety equipment
in high-rise buildings.
• Reduced voltage starters shall be provided for motors 20 HP and
larger unless local codes are more stringent.
• Total voltage drop from electric service to final branch outlet
device shall be 5% or 4% to suit local code.
Is there redundancy in the number of high voltage services serving the main
substation (i.e. more than one)? Two services in a looped configuration is
recommended.
Emergency Power
Is the emergency power generator serving essential equipment?
For high-rise hotels, is the emergency generator suitably sized with capacity
to service the smoke-control and smoke-venting fans?
In resort areas or areas where power outages are frequent or longer than
four (4) hours, has emergency power been extended into guestrooms and
other important areas?
In third world countries or other locations where power is very unreliable,
have provisions been made for 100% emergency power?
Does the emergency generator room layout and design include acoustic
plenums and silencers on the intake and exhaust to limit noise to adjacent
properties?
Lighting Systems
Depending on the project, lighting system equipment is generally divided
into the following responsibilities:
• Back-of-house utility lighting specified by the electrical
engineer, supplied and installed by the electrical contractor.
• Front-of-house lighting (such as downlights) specified by the
electrical engineer, supplied and installed by the electrical
contractor.
• Decorative and architectural grade front-of-house lighting
specified by the interior lighting designer; supplied and installed
by the electrical contractor.
• Exterior decorative lighting specified by the exterior lighting
designer; supplied and installed by the electrical contractor.
• Custom decorative chandeliers, wall sconces and guestroom
lighting specified and/or selected by the interior lighting
designer after tender; supplied by FF&E or in general contract,
assembled and installed by the electrical contractor.
Has the split in responsibility been agreed with all members of the design
team and construction team?
REV. MARCH 2006 281

YES NO
Special Audio/Visual Equipment
Is all equipment such as projectors included in FF&E or in general contract?
CONSULTANT CHECK-LIST
Back-of-House Areas
Loading Dock & Garbage Area:
• Rodent sentry and fly eliminator
• Ecolo-matic
• Miscellaneous power for compactor and dumper
• Overhead door(s) with control in receiving office
• Special mounting heights of devices
• Power for refrigeration unit for garbage room
• Power for pressure washer
• Payphone and house phone
• Intercom to receiving office
• CCTV
• Card access for security
• Cart wash “jet” washer connection
• Baler and crusher connection in recycling
• Cold temperature ballasts for lighting (if applicable)
• Power for dock leveler (if applicable)
Staff Entrance:
• Intercom to security office
• CCTV camera
• Card reader access to electric latch with additional remote
release pushbutton in security office
Security Office:
• CCTV monitors integrated into millwork along with CCTV
controls and VCR’s
• Audio monitoring console and microphone (for CCTV)
• Door alarm and card access system printer (from electronic card
locking system)
• Remote fire alarm printer
• Intercom to staff entrance
Staff Lockers and Washroom:
• Hand and hair dryers
• Outlet for shoe shine
• Shaver outlets in men’s washrooms and outlets
• Payphone and house phone
• Miscellaneous receptacles for cleaning equipment
• Waterproof lighting in showers
REV. MARCH 2006 282

YES NO
Staff Training Room:
• Motorized projection screen
• Power and signal for TV/Video center
• Quadplex voice/data
• Multi-level switching of fluorescent lighting
• Wall phone
Staff Dining:
• Background music system for circulation space source with local
volume control
• Power and signal for TV
• Power for vending machine
• Two payphones and house phones
• Power outlets for housekeeping
• Kitchen equipment connections
• Incandescent lighting in lounge area
Back-of-House Offices:
• Quadplex power adjacent P.C. plus additional duplex
• Quad voice/Data
• Individual switch for control of lighting
• Fluorescent lighting (except where visible from exterior).
• UPS power where described in FHR’s Standards
Interior Parking Areas:
• Lighting levels for security purposes
• Telephone at every stairwell
• CCTV at foyer (as applicable)
• Card access for security
• Upgraded lighting and power at car washing area
• Miscellaneous power throughout the parking area
• Power and signal connection for payment and parking control
system
Maintenance and Engineering Area:
• Power and signal outlets for TV in TV storage room and TV
work bench
• 15 amp, 30 amp and 50 amp power required in general work
area as per FHR’s Standards
• Connection to separate exhaust system in paint shop
• Connection to radial arm saw, compressor, moveable table saw,
bandsaw, drill press in carpentry shop
Computer Room:
• Contains hubs and network servers in shelf or rack mounted
configuration (minimum 16 duplex outlets in UPS)
REV. MARCH 2006 283

YES NO
• Room contains floor mounted UPS and separate air conditioning
unit, all on emergency power
• Interconnection to PBX equipment room and telephone
operator’s room
• Termination point of all fiber or copper backbone cabling from
hubs
Telephone Operator’s Room:
• Lighting and emergency power
• Each workstation with normal and UPS power, Quad data/voice
outlet, 25 pair telephone cable outlet and paging telephone outlet
• CCTV monitors and audio monitoring controls
• VCR’s
• Red alarm lights for front desk cashier, main cashier office, staff
safety deposit box, valet/parking cashier and sauna
• Remote fire alarm printer or annunciator
• Master pocket paging station
• Walk-in cooler/freezer alarm annunciation
• UPS power and data outlet for POS printer
• Power bar for battery chargers for portable radios and pagers
Luggage Storage:
• CCTV camera
• House phone
• One power outlet
Valet/Parking Cashier
• UPS power
• Alarm pushbutton (to telephone operator’s room)
• Card access entry (to be reviewed on each project)
Prefunction Area
“AV-1”, “AV-2”, “AV-3” GR and 200 amp power panels in ballroom,
meeting rooms and prefunction areas.
“AV-2”, “AV-3” and “AV-4” panels in meeting rooms depending on size.
Control niches for telephone, lighting, volume and screen controls in each
room and associated prefunction area.
Independent sound systems with capability for “combining” into one room.
Door hold-open devices.
Power for food warming carts in service corridor.
“Do Not Disturb” light in service corridor of function room.
Lighting bar and ceiling power in ballroom with dimmer in control niche.
Separate electrical room and sound system equipment room.
REV. MARCH 2006 284

YES NO
Spa/Fitness Center
Reception Desk:
• Workstations with power and computer outlets (usual quantity of
2)
• Power and computer outlet for printer
• Telephone outlets for guest and staff use
• Miscellaneous power supply
• Power for battery chargers
• CCTV monitor and switches for pool and exercise room
• Microphone for two-way audio monitoring of pool (indoor pool
only)
• Volume control for background music system for circulation
space
• Buzzers for sauna emergency alarm
Exercise Area:
• Separate circuit for each piece of equipment
• Power and TV outlet at base of each piece of equipment
• Local music volume control
• CCTV camera
• Emergency telephone
• Two wall-mounted TV signal and power outlets
• Portable sound system
Sauna and Steam:
• Emergency pushbutton to alarm at reception desk
• Sauna temperature control outside of sauna room
Pool Area:
• CCTV camera and speaker
• Minimum two underwater lights in pool and minimum one light
in whirlpool
• Underwater speakers in pool (Resort only)
• Emergency telephone
• Separate times switch for whirlpool
Massage Rooms:
• Dimmer control for lighting
• Local volume control to ceiling speaker for background music
• Power above shelf for portable cassette/CD player
• Wall telephone
• Three duplex power outlets at low level and one above counter
Locker/Showers:
• Built-in swimsuit dryer
REV. MARCH 2006 285

YES NO
• House and payphone
• Power for hair dryer
• Cleaning receptacle
Front-of-House Areas
Front Desk:
• VIP pushbutton(s) (to General Manager)
• Help/Assistance pushbutton (to front office manager)
• Alarm pushbutton (to telephone operator’s room)
• Guest safety deposit box room electric door release pushbutton
• Buzzer from guest safety deposit box room
• Normal (IG) and UPS power
• Telephone outlets
• Credit card verification outlet (telephone line)
• Data outlets
• Data cable rough-in for electronic card key encoder
• CCTV camera
Concierge Desk:
• Buzzer annunciation from doorman’s stand for Help/Assistance
• Help/Assistance pushbutton (to concierge work room)
• Normal (IG) and UPS power outlets
• Telephone
• Data
• Credit card verification outlet (telephone)
• CCTV camera
Concierge Work Room:
• Buzzer annunciation from concierge desk
• Facsimile
• Data/telephone for airline tickets
• Normal (IG) power outlets
• Location of volume controls for circulation spaces (optional)
• Photocopier power
• Dimmer control location for lobby (optional)
Porte Cochère
• CCTV camera (as required)
• Power for pressure washer
• Miscellaneous power
• Doorman’s stand(s) with power, voice/data, VIP pushbutton and
Help/Assistance pushbutton
• Snowmelting and radiant heating (as applicable)
REV. MARCH 2006 286

YES NO
Lobby:
• Two (2) telephone outlets for guests
• CCTV camera
• Power for table lamps as per interior designer
• Background music speakers
• Illuminated display cabinets (as applicable)
• Reception desk and concierge desk
Guest Safety Deposit Box Viewing Room
• Electric strike released from front desk and GSDB (staff side)
• Chandelier and wall sconce lighting
• Pushbutton above counter to operate buzzer at front desk
• CCTV camera (staff side)
• Duplex power receptacle
Main Dining Room and Café:
• Dimmer controls and background music controls adjacent to
service stand
• Independent sound system with interconnection to main
background music rack
• Service stand with local lighting, UPS and normal (IG) power,
data (POS), telephone and credit card verification outlets
• Maitre D’ position with quadplex voice/data, power and local
lighting
• Power for cleaning outlets, table lamps, etc. as per interior
designer
Typical Guestroom Floor
Corridor:
• Cleaning receptacles on 40 ft centres
• Power for table lamps and picture lights as per interior designer
• House telephone at elevator lobby
• Life-safety and fire alarm devices in unobtrusive location.
Includes smoke detectors, EVC speakers, pull station and fire
fighter’s handsets
• Decorative lighting as per interior designer
• Are cable trays located in corridor ceiling? If so, what access
provisions have been made?
Maid’s Rooms:
• House phone
• Separate lighting switch
Ice Machine Room:
• Incandescent lighting with separate switch
• Two separate circuits for ice machine
REV. MARCH 2006 287

YES NO
Electrical and LAN Closet:
• Separate room for LAN equipment
Typical Guestroom Provisions:
• Power, telephone, lighting and TV outlets as per interior
designer
• Confirm if 120 volt (US) outlet is required at desk
• Handicapped provisions such as strobes, vibrating pillow, etc. as
per local code
Special Guestrooms Sound System:
• Residential stereo conduit rough-in for Two-Bedroom and
Presidential Suites. Includes two systems with two speakers in
master bedroom and four speakers in living room and dining
room. Homerun location is armoire unit in each room.
SPECIFICATIONS
Power Distribution
Have copper conductors and bus been specified?
Has electrical equipment been suitably dearated for temperature in areas
where ambient temperatures are in the range of 105 F ?
Have concealed conduit and devices been specified in all front-of-house
areas and back-of-house areas except storage and service rooms?
Have lamacoid nameplates been specified for all equipment?
Is the interrupting capacity of all distribution panels and switchgear been
specified to ensure that the equipment can safely withstand the available
fault current?
Have one or all of the following wiring methods been described?
• Enclosed bus duct for main transformers
• Multi-core armored cables or cables in conduit for large feeders
to distribution pads, motor control centers and branch
panelboards
• Small branch circuit wiring in conduit or unarmored double
insulated cable in tray for devices in ceiling space or in hollow
cavity walls
Emergency Power
Does the generator specification include a statement for “the generator to
handle a 100% load step”?
Does the transfer switch specification include bypass provisions in order to
avoid shutting down the load or maintenance?
REV. MARCH 2006 288

YES NO
In certain locations, local codes require a central battery or inverter to
supply power to designated emergency luminaires for the 10 second outage
during which the generator starts. Is this specified?
Lighting
Lighting fixture selection shall be based on FHR’s Standards and on input
from the interior lighting designer, however, the following minimum
requirements should be met:
• Fluorescent luminaires shall be energy efficient type with T-8
lamps and electronic ballasts. Ballasts shall be HPF type with
low harmonic content.
• Fluorescent back-of-house luminaire selection shall be based on
the lowest cost for the local region, hower, 1’ x 4’ and 2 x 4’ are
recommended.
• Line voltage, architectural grade, open reflector downlights shall
have standard lamps.
• Low voltage luminaires shall be specified with integral
transformers.
Does the electrical specification include the dimming specification and
lighting “cuts” from the interior lighting designer?
Fire Alarm System
Have smoke detectors in guestrooms been specified with their own local
audible alarm?
For high-rise buildings, has a fire rated riser cable been specified?
Lighting Protection System
Two systems are available – North American based with independent
copper down conductors in conduit, or European based, where the structural
steel may be used as down conductors. Which is specified?
If upright air terminals are specified at the top of the building, are they
visible? The alternative is a flat copper tape.
REV. MARCH 2006 289


Doku - Pub Design Standards Hotel March2006

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Doku - Pub Design Standards Hotel March2006

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FAIRMONT HOTELS & RESORTS · DESIGN STANDARDS TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPACE PLANNING AND DESIGN CRITERIA

A. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................................1

REV. MARCH 2006 -1-

1.5. Doorman’s Stand.......................................................................................................................56

C. GUESTROOM AREAS .............................................................................................................109

REV. MARCH 2006 -2-

2. STANDARD GUESTROOMS ............................................................................................................................113

REV. MARCH 2006 -3-

2.9. Functional Diagram: Employee Facilities Layout..................................................................159

E. SERVICES AND SYSTEMS .......................................................................................................190

REV. MARCH 2006 -4-

7.4. Data Communications Outlets..................................................................................................236

REV. MARCH 2006 -5-

2.28 Flower Shop Door: ..................................................................................................................265

REV. MARCH 2006 -6-

1.1. Model Guestrooms

1.3. Substantial Completion Documentation

REV. MARCH 2006 -1-

Substantial Completion Documentation (continued)

a) Two sets of operating and maintenance manuals for all

REV. MARCH 2006 -2-

1.4. Catalogue Cuts and Shop Drawing Requirements

Description Date Received Date Approved

REV. MARCH 2006 -3-

2. PRE-OPENING, OCCUPATION AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

REV. MARCH 2006 -4-

Occupation and Installation Requirements (continued)

2.2. Pre-Opening Offices

REV. MARCH 2006 -5-

2.3. Installation and Occupation Schedule

* For access to elevators

REV. MARCH 2006 -6-

3. TURNOVER PROCEDURES GUEST ROOMS & GUEST FLOORS

REV. MARCH 2006 -7-

The tools required for snagging are:

• Small torpedo level

The room will be reviewed from two perspectives.

Doors and Hardware

2. Mechanical, Electric and Plumbing

Attached is a sample punch list, which can serve as a model.

REV. MARCH 2006 -8-

3.4. Inspection Checklist

Mechanical, Electric and Plumbing:

• All switches and outlets functional and properly installed

• Hardware and fixtures securely mounted and functional

• Fan coil is fully functional

REV. MARCH 2006 -9-

Model Room Manual (continued)

3.6. Guest Room Inspection Checklists

REV. MARCH 2006 - 10 -

3.7. Inspection Report – Entrance Vestibule

FAIRMONT HOTELS & RESORTS

HOTEL:_____________________ INSPECTION DATE _________________

ACCEPT REJECT REINSPECT

REV. MARCH 2006 - 11 -

3.8. Inspection Report - Closet

ACCEPT REJECT REINSPECT

REV. MARCH 2006 - 12 -

3.9. Inspection Report - Bathroom

ACCEPT REJECT REINSPECT

REV. MARCH 2006 - 13 -

3.10. Inspection Report – Bathroom Accessories

HOTEL:_____ INSPECTION DATE _

HOTEL:_____ INSPECTION DATE _